UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31 2020, 2021

OR

[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ____ TO _______

Commission File Number: 000-54286

SURNACEA INDUSTRIES INC.

(formerly known as Surna Inc.)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Nevada27-3911608

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1780 55th Street, Boulder, 385 South Pierce Avenue, Suite C

Louisville, Colorado80027

8030180027
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip code)

(303)993-5271

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
N/ACommon Stock, $0.00001 par valueCEADNasdaq Capital Markets
Warrants to purchase common stock N/ACEADW N/A

Nasdaq Capital Markets

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class RegisteredNone

Common stock, par value $0.00001 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X].

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X].

Indicate by check mark whether the issuer (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the last 90 days. Yes [X] ☒ No [  ].

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes [X] ☒ No [  ].

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer,” “non-accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer[  ]Accelerated Filer[  ]
Non-accelerated Filer[X]Smaller Reporting Company[X]
Emerging Growth Company[  ]

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X] ☒.

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $7,090,000 $15,308,000 based upon a closing price of $0.03$9.68 reported for such date on the OTCMarkets.

As of March 23, 2021,29, 2022, the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the registrant was 236,526,638.7,784,444.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.None.

 

 
 

SurnaCEA Industries Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 20202021

Table of Contents

Page
Part I
Item 1.Business56
Item 1A.Risk Factors1918
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments3236
Item 2.Properties3236
Item 3.Legal Proceedings3236
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures3236
Part II
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities3337
Item 6.Selected Financial Data3338
Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations3338
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk4351
Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data4351
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure4351
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures4351
Item 9B.Other Information4452
Part III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance4553
Item 11.Executive Compensation4959
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters5365
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence5466
Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services5566
Part IV
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules5768
Item 16.Form 10-K Summary5768
Signatures5869

2
 

In this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” refer to CEA Industries Inc. (formerly known as Surna Inc.) and, where appropriate, its wholly-owned subsidiary.

Hemp and marijuana are technically both part of the “Cannabis sativa L.” plant. “Hemp” is a term used to classify varieties of cannabis that contain 0.3% or less tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) content (by dry weight), the principal psychoactive constituent of cannabis. Hemp and its derivatives were federally legalized in the United States as part the Agricultural Act of 2018. “Marijuana” is a term used to classify varieties of cannabis that contain more than 0.3% THC (by dry weight). Marijuana is not federally legal in the United States. Many states, however, have taken action to make marijuana legal for all purposes, made it available for medical uses, decriminalized it or a combination thereof. We currently provide nearly all of our products and services to customers that cultivate marijuana. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, “cannabis” refers to “marijuana.”

Although our customers do, we neither grow, manufacture, distribute nor sell cannabis (marijuana) and hemp or any of their related products.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7, contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts but are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, any projections of revenue, gross profit, earnings or loss, tax provisions, cash flows or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies or objectives of management for future operations; any statements regarding current or future macroeconomic or industry-specific trends or events and the impact of those trends and events on us or our financial performance; any statements regarding pending investigations, legal claims or tax disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.

3

These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause our actual results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or suggested by, these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions regarding our present and future business strategies and the environment in which we operate. Important factors that could cause those differences include, but are not limited to:

our business prospects and the prospects of our existing and prospective customers;

the impact on our business and that of our customers of the current and future response by the government and business to the COVID-19 pandemic, including what is necessary to protect our staff and the staff of our customers in the conduct of our business;

the overall impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the business climate in our industry and the willingness of our customers to undertake projects in light of economic uncertainties;

our overall financial condition, including our reduced revenue and business disruption, due to the COVID-19 pandemic business and economic response and its consequences;

the inherent uncertainty of product development;

regulatory, legislative and judicial developments, especially those related to changes in, and the enforcement of, cannabis laws;

increasing competitive pressures in the CEA (Controlled Environment Agriculture) industry;

the ability to effectively operate our business, including servicing our existing customers and obtaining new business;

our relationships with our customers and suppliers;
the continuation of normal payment terms and conditions with our customers and suppliers, including our ability to obtain advance payments from our customers;

general economic conditions, our customers’ operations and access to capital, and market and business disruptions including severe weather conditions, natural disasters, health hazards, terrorist activities, financial crises, political crises or other major events, or the prospect of these events, adversely affecting demand for the products and services offered by us in the markets in which we operate;

the continuation of normal supply of products from our suppliers;
changes in our business strategy or development plans, including our expected level of capital expenses and working capital;

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

our ability to raise equity and debt capital, as needed from time to time, to fund our operations and growth strategy, including possible acquisitions;

our ability to identify, complete and integrate potential strategic acquisitions;

future revenue being lower than expected;

our ability to convert our backlog into revenue in a timely manner, or at all; and

our intention not to pay dividends.

4

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this report.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this annual report on Form 10-K should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our financial results on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) basis, we use non-GAAP measures including net bookings, backlog, as well as adjusted net income (loss) which reflects adjustments for certain non-cash expenses such as stock-based compensation, certain debt-related items and depreciation expense. We believe these non-GAAP measures are helpful in understanding our past performance and are intended to aid in evaluating our potential future results. The presentation of these non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to our GAAP results and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information prepared or presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way to view aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. For purposes of this Annual Report, (i) “adjusted net income (loss)” and “adjusted operating income (loss)” mean GAAP net income (loss) and operating income (loss), respectively, after adjustment for non-cash equity compensation expense, debt-related items and depreciation expense, and (ii) “net bookings” means new sales contracts executed during the quarter for which we received an initial deposit, net of any adjustments including cancellations and change orders during the quarter.

Our backlog, remaining performance obligations and net bookings may not be indicative of future operating results, and our customers may attempt to renegotiate or terminate their contracts for a number of reasons, including delays in or inability to obtain project financing or licensing or abandonment of the project entirely. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that contracts included in the backlog or remaining performance obligations will actually generate revenues or when the actual revenues will be generated.

5

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

WeThe Company is an industry leader in CEA (Controlled Environment Agriculture) facility design, engineertechnologies, and sell environmental control and other technologies for the Controlled Environment Agriculture (CEA) industry.services. The CEA industry is one of the fastest-growing sectors of the United States’ economy. Fromeconomy and is defined by type of facility. The CEA industry is composed of any horticultural facility that is fully self-contained and has a controlled environment. Three facility types meet these criteria:

●      Indoor facilities – environmentally sealed facilities for growing crops and that require artificial lighting.

●      Vertical farms –cultivation facilities oriented vertically to minimize ground square footage.

●      Greenhouses – facilities that are made of translucent materials to use natural sunlight on the crops.

Crops grown in CEA facilities include: leafy greens (kale, Swiss chard, mustard, cress), microgreens (leafy greens harvested at the first true leaf stage), ethnic vegetables, ornamentals and small fruits (such as strawberries, blackberries and raspberries) to, bell peppers, cucumbers, tomatoes, and cannabis and hemp, some producers grow crops indoorshemp. Historically, we have primarily served customers growing cannabis in responseindoor facilities and we are currently pursuing our strategy to market dynamics or as partbroaden our reach to serve other indoor farming including vertical farms.

We provide full-service licensed architectural and mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (MEP) engineering services, carefully curated heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVACD”) equipment, proprietary controls systems, air sanitation, lighting, and benching and racking products. Our team (including both internal employees and outside partnerships) of their preferred farming practice. In service of the CEA, our principal technologies include: (i) liquid-based process cooling systemsproject managers, licensed professional architects and other climate control systems, (ii) air handling equipmentengineers, technology and horticulture specialists and systems (iii)integrations experts help our customers by precisely designing for their unique applications. Through our partnership with a full-service engineering package for designingcertified service contractor network, we provide maintenance services to assist in a smooth build-out and engineering commercial scale thermodynamic systems specificensure optimal facility performance.

We leverage our industry-leading experience to cultivation facilities,bring value-added solutions to our customers that help improve their overall crop quality and (iv) automationyield, optimize energy and control devices, systemswater efficiency, and technologies used for environmental, lightingsatisfy evolving state and climate control.local construction code, permitting and regulatory requirements. Our customers include commercial, state- and provincial-regulated CEA growers in the U.S. and Canada as well as other international locations. Customers are those growers building new facilities and those expanding or retrofitting existing facilities. Currently, our revenue stream is derivedderives primarily from supplying our products, services and technologies to commercial indoor facilities ranging from several thousand to more than 100,000 square feet.

Headquartered in Boulder, Colorado, we leverage our experience in this space to bring value-added climate control solutions to our customers that help improve their overall crop quality and yield, optimize energy and water efficiency, and satisfy the evolving state and local codes, permitting and regulatory requirements.

All CEA facility operators are facingface multiple headwinds offrom high energy costs, issues about water usage and waste materials, and, in the case of cannabis growing, increasingly rigorous quality standards and declining cannabis prices. To be competitive, among other things, our customers must develop innovative ways to meet the demands of their business and reduce energy costs, 90% of which isare typically related to their HVACD (50%) and lighting systems (40%). HVACD systems have historically been and continue to be our focus. primary area of expertise and energy efficiency is high on our list of considerations when engineering environmental control systems.

We often have the advantage of early engagement with our customers at the pre-build and construction phases and the corresponding opportunity to build longer-term relationships with our existing customers and their facilities.customers. During 2021, we added architectural services to our offerings in an attempt to engage with the customer at an even earlier stage. Going forward, ourwe plan is to leverage our existing customer relationships by introducing them to our expanded design services along with our expanded product offerings. We believe these efforts will generate incremental revenue and attempt to sell them additional products and services, thereby becomingmake us “stickier” to our customers, in an effort to generate incremental revenue.customers.

6

We have three core assets that we believe are important to our going-forward business strategy.strategy and that will contribute to our future growth. First, we have a well-known brand name in the industry along with multi-year relationships with customers and others indeveloped over our fifteen years of service to the CEAindustry. This length of service and broad network of industry notably in the cannabis segment.contacts will benefit not only our organic growth initiatives, but also provide us with unique insight into other industry providers who may be appropriate for acquisition or joint efforts. Second, we have specialized engineering know-how and experience gathered from designing environmental control systems for over 200 commercial CEA cultivation facilities since 2016.facilities. Third, we have aan expanding line of proprietary and curated environmental control products,systems and other core technology components needed to build a CEA facility.

Our website is www.ceaindustries.com, which we are in the process of expanding.

We are an integrated provider of MEP (mechanical, electrical, plumbing) engineering design, proprietary environmental control equipment, and controls and automation offerings serving the CEA industry. Historically, nearly allcontains a description of our customers have been in the cannabis cultivation business. We believe our employees have more experience than most other MEP firms serving this industry. Our customers engage us for their environmentalCompany and climate control systems because they want experts to design their facilities, and they come to us becauseproducts. In addition, we also maintain a branded technology product website at www.surna.com. The content of our reputation. We leveragewebsites is not incorporated herein by reference.

Shares of our reputationcommon stock and know-how against the many local contractors and MEP engineers who collectively constitute our largest competitors.

A number of recent events have had an adverse impact on our operations and financial condition, including constraints on capital availability for our customers and prospects who have commenced, or are contemplating, new and expanded CEA cultivation facilities and the recent outbreak of COVID-19, a novel strain of coronavirus first identified in China, which has spread across the globe including the U.S. Most recently, the responsewarrants to this coronavirus by federal, state and local governments in the U.S. has resulted in significant market and business disruptions across many industries and affecting businesses of all sizes. This pandemic has also caused significant stock market volatility and further tightened capital access for most businesses.

Sharespurchase shares of our common stock are traded on The OTC MarketsNasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “SRNA.”symbols “CEAD” and “CEADW”.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Our Business

The impact of the government and the business economic response to the COVID-19 pandemic has affected demand acrossprompted national, regional, and local governments, including those in the majority of our markets and disrupted work on projects. The COVID-19 pandemic is expectedthat the Company operates in, to implement preventative or protective measures to control its spread. As a result, there have continued adverse effectsbeen disruptions in business operations around the world, with an impact on our sales, project implementation, operating margins, and working capital. As of the date of this filing, uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude and duration of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.business.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic in late March ofand the associated government and business response, the Company took and continues to take measures to adjust its operations as necessary. In early 2020 the Company downsized operationsresponded to reduced orders by reducing expenses in an effort to preserve cash resources, implementingcash. Many expenses, including travel, marketing, headcount, work hours, and compensation were reduced, deferred, or eliminated while still allowing us to meet our customer obligations and develop new business. As 2020 progressed and our sales rebounded, and we were able to obtain additional funds through a forgivable bank loan, we restored our workforce and compensation. Many of these expense reductions reductionswere reversed by the end of salaried employee compensation (including all executives2021 when orders picked up and the CEO)overall business climate improved. Because the pandemic continues in different parts of the world and reduction of hours worked, cutting costs and focusing its operations on customer-centric sales and project management activities.

Followingin different ways in the receipt of loan funds in April 2020,United States, the Company reinstatedcontinues to actively monitor its operations.

We are experiencing unexpected and uncontrollable delays with our international supply of products and shipments from vendors due to a significant increase in shipments to U.S. ports, compounded by a reduction in cargo being shipped by air, a general shortage of containers, and a shortage of domestic truck driver availability. While these delays have moderately improved in recent months, we, along with many other importers of goods across all staff who previously had been placed on furlough. Staff receiving salaries of $100,000 per year or less were restoredindustries, continue to their full salaries. All executives, includingexperience severe congestion and extensive wait times for carriers at ports across the CEO, had their compensation reducedUnited States. In addition, restrictions imposed by local, state and federal agencies due to the greater of $100,000 per year or 75% of their previous salary level. The Company re-engaged its staff so as to be able to fulfill its current customer contracts and any new sales orders and to continue its marketing and selling efforts. Over the course of the Summer 2020, the Company took further steps to adjust its work force by furloughing several employees, making temporary hourly and salary reduction adjustments, and then, in late September 2020, in light of our then sales efforts, reinstating continuing hourly employees to full-time status and restoring the salaries of continuing salaried employees.

Due to the speed with which the COVID-19 pandemic developedhave led to reduced personnel of importers, government staff and the resulting uncertainties, including the depth and durationothers in our supply chain. We have been working diligently with our network of the disruptions to customersfreight partners and suppliers its future effect on our business, on our results of operations,to expedite delivery dates and on our financial condition, we cannot predict the overall effect on our business over the longer term. Despite this uncertainty, we have undertaken various plansprovide solutions to reduce costs sofurther impact and delays. However, we are unable to determine the full impact of these delays and how long they will continue as they are out of our control.

While the Company is continuing to mitigatenavigate the financial, operational, and personnel challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic, the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the COVID-19duration and spread of the pandemic, the potential uncertainty related to (and proliferation of) new strains, and related actions taken by federal, state, local and international government officials, to prevent and manage the bestspread of COVID-19. All of these efforts are uncertain, out of our ability, although they may notcontrol, and cannot be sufficient in the long-run for us to avoid reduced sales, increased losses and reduced operating cash flows.predicted at this time.

The CEA Industry

 

ReferAccording to Risk Factors, included in Part II, Item 1Aleading market research firms Headset and New Frontier Data, the North American cannabis industry is expected to experience compound annual growth on the order of this Annual Report on Form 10-K below, for further discussion14%-15% from 2022 through 2025. More U.S. states are legalizing either medical or recreational use of cannabis products, and sometimes both. Although the market is aware of how the cannabis sector is growing, it seems to be less aware of the possible impact ofnon-cannabis CEA market, particularly the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Our Growth Strategy

Wevertical farming segment which is growing nearly as fast as the cannabis market. Since the technical infrastructure and requirements for growing any plant in a controlled environment are similar, we believe there are several ways to grow a business: (i) increase the number of customers, (ii) increase the average revenue per order, (iii) increase the frequency of orders, or (iv) expand the addressable market.

1.Sell proverbial “Chevys.” In addition to “Cadillac” -level products, sell “Chevy” or equivalent products to satisfy a wider range of points along the demand curve. Anticipated result: Increase the number of customers.

We have a sales and marketing program that generates many prospective customer relationships. However, our limited range of higher cost products, mostly chilled water systems, reduces the number of customer prospects whowe can afford to buy from us. In 2018 we started an aggressive effort to broaden our product and service offerings to provide a wider range of HVACD technical solutions (see chart below). In 2018 we began to offer stamped mechanical plan sets and our first 4-pipe chilled water systems. In 2019 we broadened our engineering services to include full MEP (mechanical, electrical, and plumbing) design services. We also began to offer our SentryIQ® Controls System. And in 2020 we added new products to include: split system DX (direct expansion) with integrated dehumidification, packaged DX systems with modulating hot gas reheat, heat recovery chiller/boiler for 4-pipe systems, and our StrataAir™ ™ racking airflow solution to address customer needs for multi-level cultivation facilities. These various systems provide solutions to answer a broader range of technical and cost constraints, and we will continue to develop and offer new solutions to our customers’ problems, so that a broader group of growers can take advantage ofbring our engineering expertise and capabilities. We believe these newsuite of products and services will increase our addressable market and increase sales, further leveraging our investment in sales and marketing.to this adjacent high growth market.

The success of our product development initiative can be seen in the following table, which documents the number of commercial-scale projects (over $100,000 sales) that have included one or more of our new products:

Year Percent using New Products
2018  35%
2019  76%
2020  100%

7
 2.Sell proverbial “steering wheels.” Sell our customers the automated facilities control systems they need—directly. Anticipated result: Increase average order size.

Growing live plants indoors in a controlled environmentOur Services and Equipment Solutions

Our goal is a technically demanding business,to develop relationships with our prospects and a failed crop can cost a grower significant foregone revenue. We believe our licensed professional engineers are some ofcustomers that will afford us the industry’s leading experts in the design of such facilities, and we seekopportunity to extend that leadership into more advanced technology products.

In 2019 we introduced our SentryIQ® control system. If our climate control design and products are the proverbial car, then SentryIQ® is the proverbial steering wheel—one is needed to direct the car where to go. Before SentryIQ® we had to send our customers elsewhere for controls to regulate their cultivation environments, but we now have the ability to capture that revenue. To date, we have signed thirteen contracts for controls systems with an aggregate value of approximately $1,700,000.

Our next step down this technology and innovation road will be the eventual development of the equivalent of a self-driving car. Growers will tell the control system what they want to achieve, and the system will sense the environment and direct the climate control system to achieve the grower’s goals. These systems will be able to integrate data analytics—and eventually deploy artificial intelligence—to optimize multiple variables to maximize the grower’s profits. While we are in the early stages of development of these technology-driven systems, we believe it is important for us to become a player in this market because it expands our addressable market for both sensors and software while offering the possibility of higher margins and recurring revenue over time.

3.Add more proverbial “dealers.” Engage in one or more strategic relationships with other technology leaders that serve our industry. Anticipated result: Increase the number of customers.

Strategic relationships might include referral marketing agreements, selling through manufacturer’s representative organizations, co-development of unique integrated solutions with best-in-class partners, and acquisitions. To extend the automotive analogy, engaging in these types of relationships is like adding more dealers to sell our products, at little cost to us.

If some of these strategic alliances are successful in driving top-line revenue for us and our partners, over time these relationships could develop into more exclusive arrangements or evolve into possible acquisitions or a source of strategic capital for us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully execute any of these strategic initiatives. Efforts will be primarily focused on working with new strategic partners to co-market each other’s products andprovide comprehensive services and possibly jointly develop newequipment for the complete lifecycle of indoor agriculture facilities. This lifecycle includes designing and improved productsengineering the facility, providing the many required infrastructure technologies, advising on and services, as opposed to exclusively seeking acquisitions.

4.Expand our addressable market

Our sales and marketing efforts have historically been oriented towards the cannabis-cultivation segment of the CEA industry. The non-cannabis CEA industry is growing as well, and we believe our products and services can address that market either as currently engineered or with minimal modification.

Surna’s core and historic expertise and products center on providing mechanical engineering for environmental controls for indoor growing facilities. We believe that our demonstrated expertise and experience positions us to expand our product and service offerings vertically, to include integrating manyensuring proper installation of the technologies, providing training and start-up support, and ultimately providing preventative and other ongoing services required to buildfor ensuring proper maintenance and operateoperations.

We provide a CEAcomprehensive range of services and products as follows:

Service Solutions
Facility Design and Budgeting
Licensed Architectural design, including space and operational planning
Licensed Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing (MEP) engineering, including equipment layout and workflow
Assessment of equipment options based on facility requirements

Specification/recommendation of equipment for each facility

Budget Formulation early in the design process to help the customer make appropriate design choices
Equipment Selection and Specification
Identifying, assessing, and selecting equipment to meet customer requirements
Equipment Installation Advisory
Advising contractors to ensure proper cultivation equipment installation
Start-up Services

Initial equipment start-up support

Controls system checkout and tuning
Operator training
Lifecycle Services
Preventative Maintenance Services (Subscription)
Product Solutions
Proprietary, white-label environmental control products
Proprietary Facility Control System (SentryIQ®)
Value-Added Reseller (“VAR”) of Cultivation and Environmental Control Products

VAR of Lighting Products
VAR of Benching and Racking Products

8

Service Solutions: Facility Design Services

Our outsourced licensed architectural services provide facility such as space programmingdesign and facility layout in addition to the MEP engineering we do today. In addition, we believe we can expand our product offerings to include the selection, integration,space and provision of lighting, benching, irrigationworkflow optimization, construction documents, and fertigation equipment and add-on maintenance and other recurring revenue services to operating facilities.

********

construction administration. Our Key Initiatives

Our strategic business plan has four primary objectives:

1.Achieve continued organic sales growth by broadening and vertically integrating our product and service offerings.
2.Grow revenue and profitability by engaging in selective strategic relationships and acquisitions.
3.Operate the businessextensive experience with disciplined financial management and become financially self-sustaining.
4.Seek uplisting to a national securities exchange at a propitious moment.

Our goal for the immediate future is to grow organically, strategically and profitably within the CEA industry. We will also consider acquisitions of complementary businesses both within and potentially outside of the CEA industry. We believe the worldwide CEA market will grow substantially for the foreseeable future, and that this will lead to more new build, retrofit and expansion projects to drive our continued growth. Here are some of the initiatives we pursued in 2020, and where more work is needed to progress each of them.

Focus on Multi-facility Operators. We actively pursue business from multi-facility operators (MFOs), which we define as businesses that own and operate two or more CEA cultivation facilities in either the U.S. or Canada. These MFOs are typically larger and have greater financial and organizational wherewithal to buy more and larger systems and are less prone to project delays and cancellations, compared to the smaller (and riskier) independent cultivators that had been our primary customers in the past. In 2020 we booked three projects totaling $3.5 million. We recorded $2.9 million in revenue from these projects, or 35% of our total 2020 revenue. Going forward, we will conduct our operations to seek a sales pipeline with MFO customers that we believe will result in more consistent and predictable revenue and cash flow. Because MFOs are typically more sophisticated and may, in many cases, have in-house engineering teams, such MFOs may not need the engineering expertise and experience we offer. This contrasts with the independent smaller grower market that places significantbrings extra value in our overall expertise and experience, including our specific CEA related growing knowledge.

The table below shows our 2020 full year results for commercial-scale projects, which we define as contracts with a value over $100,000, by project and customer type.

To achieve profitability in the future, we must first be able to generate a more consistent and predictable revenue stream. To do so, we must: (i) maximize our new build facility projects, and (ii) supplement those projects with an increased number of retrofit and expansion projects—which typically have shorter completion cycles and fewer external contingencies that we do not control. Historically, whenever a new build project has been delayed or cancelled, which can occur often, our revenue and cash flow has taken a corresponding dramatic hit.

Offer a Broader Range of Products and Services Across the Cultivation Facility Lifecycle. During 2019, we fulfilled the first step of this goal with the introduction of our SentryIQ® controls package. We also began offering full mechanical, electrical, and plumbing engineering services, developed and sold a four-pipe, chilled water environmental control system with Surna branded fan coil units and custom air handlers, developed a proprietary destratification fan, and performed facility retrofit services. Our new custom air handlers alone generated $2.3 million in revenue in 2019, and another $516,000 in 2020. In 2020 we continued this effort by introducing several new DX-based packaged products (EnviroPro™) and our StrataAir™ air distribution product.

Following up on our product launch successes in 2019 and 2020, we plan to address facility lifecycle revenue opportunities by leveraging our strong brand name and positioning ourselves as the “trusted advisor” in environmental controls management. In addition, we will begin to offer recurring-revenue services for facility monitoring and preventive maintenance services. Our expanded product offering is illustrated by the following 4-phase matrix of product/service depth and facility lifecycle participation.

 

We attempt to become “stickier” to our customers by providing climate control products and services across the entire 4-phase facility lifecycle. Each phase of the facility lifecycle has many activities that present potential opportunities for us. We do not intend to offer products and services in all activities in each phase, but rather we will focus on technology and innovation that provide value-add to our customers as they attemptwe advise them on the design of their facility to seek out “best-in-class” partners to automatemaximize its productivity and control the indoor grow facilities of the future. We believe, if successful, this could possibly translate into greater demand for our proprietary, customized equipment, technology and software solutions.return on investment.

Enter Strategic Alliances to Expand our Marketing and Sales Reach.We have identified several business verticals that we believe are logical and natural complementsprofessional engineers (PEs) on our staff to our climate control business, such as: lighting, fertigation (automated process of delivering nutrients and water to plants), benches (customized systems to optimize use of the growing space), cultivation management technology (software), consumables (growing, packaging, facility and lab supplies), and operational improvement analytics (modeling, data aggregation and artificial intelligence). We will also consider strategic alliances, such as distribution, reseller, co-marketing or product development agreements, with select companies which are consistent with our strategic direction. Our strategic alliances will likely involve development of more comprehensive, end-to-end, integrated solutions for our customers, as well as specialized products and services that help cultivators compete in the market, whether through automation, software or operating efficiencies.

If some of these strategic alliances are successful in driving top-line revenue for us and our partners, over time these relationships could develop into more exclusive arrangements or evolve into possible acquisitions or a source of strategic capital for us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully execute any of these strategic initiatives. Efforts will be primarily focused on working with new strategic partners to co-market each other’s products and services and possibly jointly develop new and improved products and services for the CEA industry.

Cash and Dilution. We started 2020 with just over $922,000 in cash but with a new discipline on cost control and increased bookings in the second half of the year we were able to increase our cash to $2,285,000 at the end of 2020. In 2019 and 2020 we used operating cash flows and loan proceeds to support our operations and did not engage in any dilutive financing. In 2020, we exercised strict financial discipline to weather a dramatic drop in new projects in the first half of the year, largely due to the Covid-19 pandemic response. We recovered in the second half. In the first two quarters of the year we had a major project cancellation and fewer new project bookings. Our adjusted net loss in 2020 was $1,239,000 compared to an adjusted net income in 2019 of $92,000. Our adjusted net income (loss) is our GAAP net income (loss) after addback for our non-cash equity compensation expenses, debt-related items and depreciation expense.

Our working capital remains negative, which is a constant impediment to the overall viability of our business as planned, so we must land more MFO and other contracts and we may have to raise capital again to fund our working capital needs and future growth.

Investor Relations. We previously had limited investor relations activities of any kind prior to 2019. In 2019 we began to attend investor conferences and we engaged an Investor Relations firm. Due to the financial impact of the pandemic we terminated these activities at the end of Q1 2020. Our goal remains to create an actively traded, widely held, and fully valued stock over time and in concert with our achievement of consistent financial goals. We intend to resume Investor Relations activities as our finances allow.

Products and Services

We now offer a broader range of products and services to the CEA market than the mechanical engineering and modular chilled water systems we historically offered. This includes products and services targeting smaller indoor grow facilities and commercial-scale facilities as well as sealed greenhouse, or hybrid, facilities.

Services: Engineering and Design. We offerprovide licensed, professional mechanical, electricalMechanical, Electrical, and plumbing design andPlumbing (MEP) engineering services to all non-cannabis customers, and thoseto cannabis customers in the cannabis growing industry that are in cannabis-legal states and provinces. Our engineers perform mechanical engineering, and we outsource electrical and plumbing engineering to several vendors with whom we have long-term, trusted relationships. We believe we are among the most experienced engineering firms serving the cannabis growing CEA industry and we have leading edge, sophisticated engineering capabilities, whichcapabilities. We provide these services to facilities from several thousand to over 100,000 square feet in size. Over time the size and sophistication of projects we attempt to leverage with independent small growershave served has grown increasingly large, a trend we expect will continue as well as MFOsthe industry builds ever larger facilities.

Our licensed MEP engineering services provide stamped drawings that are building larger and more sophisticated commercial projects.

Going forward, we plan to: (i) emphasize our strong mechanical engineering team that includes an in-house staff of degreed engineers including an experienced licensed professional engineer (PE), (ii) offer pre-construction energy modeling to help our customers need to obtain building permits and enhance our sales closing rate, (iii) develop an engineering, designto build their facilities and auditspecify equipment, and we can provide these services program for the expanding retrofit market, which remediates existing grow facilities that suffer from sub-optimal performance, and (iv) potentially offer other facility management programs.

in any state or province. Our technical experience and know-how in designingengineering indoor cultivation facilities allow us to deliver to our customers practical solutions to complicated problems in four primary areas: (i) precision climate and environmental controls, (ii) energy and water efficiency, (iii) building code and permitting, and (iv) project managementconstruction support services and start-up support of construction of our products in the facility.their environmental control equipment. Our engineering design typically includes all mechanical components of a climate control system: cooling and heating, dehumidification, ventilation, air sanitation, and odor control. We provide load calculations, equipment specifications, and engineered systems drawings for both the cultivation and comfort cooling portions of our customers’ facilities. We also have experience in, or knowledge of, state and local permitting and code compliance for facilities in states and provinces where cannabis has been legalized for either recreational or medical use or is expected to be legalized, and we provide stamped, engineered drawings in all states and provinces where we operate.

Our competitive advantages are our experience and reputation. Since 2006 we have continuously improved our CEA facility design capabilities which we believe distinguishes us from our competition. Our primary competitors include local heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) contractors, traditional MEP engineering firms, and other CEA-focused design firms. CEA facilities present a very difficult mechanical engineering challenge, and traditional mechanical engineers, without our experience, are typically unfamiliar with the precise climate and air control requirements needed for such facilities. As important, they may be unable to effectively navigate the local code and permitting rules which did not contemplate the special requirements of CEA facilities when enacted. With our engineering design resources and experience, we are able to We provide a code-compliant MEP plan set by collaborating with local regulatorsdrawing package to our customers that allows them to obtain a building permit that is code compliant, identifies construction materials and alternates, and provides construction administration information for their general and sub-contractors to follow.

Service Solutions: Equipment Selection and Specification

Our goal as engineers is to identify the best technical solutions in the market and to offer a curated range of technologies to our customers to engineer creative solutions that not onlybest meet the intentneeds of their facilities. Our engineers assess each facility’s requirements and recommend the best equipment options for the customer without limitation or bias to a particular HVAC technology solution as we have access to all major HVAC system types and multiple vendors. Our product development and R&D groups search the market for the best technical solutions to offer our customers. We offer a wide range of the local codesbest products in the market.

Service Solutions: Equipment Installation Advisory

We do not offer construction services or perform equipment installation. Typically, a facility owner hires a general contractor (GC) to manage the project, and the GC hires sub-contractors in specific trades to conduct the installation of each sub-system, such as environmental control equipment. Our role in the construction process is to work with the GC and sub-contractors to provide the equipment that the customer has ordered at the required time and place. Then, during the construction process, our technical services employees are available to advise the construction contractors, and we conduct multiple site visits to ensure the quality of the installation.

Service Solutions: Start-up Services

After construction is completed, our technical services employees participate on-site to inspect the installation and to conduct startup of the systems that we have provided. When we are contracted for controls, we offer operator training for the facility personnel. After the facility is up and running, we provide support as needed to include site visits and to ensure that the facility is operating to its design specifications.

9

Service Solutions: Lifecycle Services

CEA facilities are technically sophisticated and require multiple sub-systems, including: environmental control, lighting, CO2 enrichment and control, water conditioning and reclamation, and fertigation/irrigation. We believe that facility operators will eventually want to focus on their core business of growing plants and not be distracted by the unrelated, but also address concerns aboutnecessary and technical, work of maintaining these mission-critical sub-systems.

In the growing energysummer of 2021, we developed and resource usage of these facilities.

Energy use is, and will increasingly become,began selling preventive maintenance (PM) services to meet this demand from our existing clients. Sold on a primary concern for regulators and indoor cultivators. Two states, Massachusetts and Illinois, have already placed regulatory caps on energy density in indoorrecurring subscription basis to existing cultivation facilities, the PM services are sold by us and we expectare provided by third-party service companies located near the customer’s facility. We have partnered with a company that can provide this trend to continue. Energy costsservice across most of the geography where our customers and prospects are frequently the second largest operating expenselocated. The PM services product is important for our business for three primary reasons. First, it provides recurring revenue. Second, it establishes a cultivation facility, after labor, with HVACD and lighting comprising approximately 50% and 40%, respectively, of a facility’s energy use.

As a result, licensed producers are adopting practices to maximize energy efficiency and thereby reduce operating costs, which will become even more important as the industry matures and wholesale prices continue to decline. These practices include more efficient uses of water, more efficient lighting (typically LED lighting), and renewable energy alternatives. Sealed greenhouses, or hybrid facilities—which are insulated for energy efficiency and combine natural lightlong-term relationship with the usecustomer. Third, it offers the opportunity to be sold independently of artificial lights—also provideour existing engineering offering and to any of the several thousand existing cultivation facilities.

Product Solutions.

We have historically been a more economical wayprovider of HVACD engineering and systems, and since 2019 we have broadened our product lines to grow agriculturalnow offer a wide range of products compared to warehouse type indoor production. But regardless of whether an indoor or a hybrid facility is the grow venue, precise environmental controlsand infrastructure technologies. Because many different technologies are required to deliver consistentoperate an indoor cultivation facility, our product qualitystrategy is to offer both proprietary (Surna Cultivation Technologies branded) and yield.off the shelf products. Our proprietary products are made by us or vendors on a contract manufacturing basis to our specifications. We are evaluating possible strategic relationships with providersoffer a curated selection of products and specify those that are seeking anbest meet the needs of our customers’ particular applications. Our product solutions can be divided into three categories.

Product Solutions: White-label environmental controls partner for these specific facility applications.control products

Environmental Control Systems. We believe the right solution for our cultivation customers must include: (i) precise temperature/humidity control; (ii) reduced fungus, pollen, pesticide and insect contamination risk (“bio-security”); (iii) controlled regulatory compliance risk; (iv) lower maintenance complexity, costs and downtime; and (v) energy and resource efficiency.

Our bio-security program usesoffer a combinationbroad range of a sealed facility and customized approachesHVACD technologies, to air sterilization to maintain facility standards, while destroying harmful airborne microbes without the production of byproducts. Additionally, our ductless modularinclude chilled water systems—using fan coil units within each grow room—isolate the air and potential contaminants within each room, while taking advantage of the energy efficiencies and redundancies offered by such systems. Our experience has shown that our precision environmental controls can reduce the reliance on the use of harmful pesticides and fungicides. We also believe our experience in the tightly regulated Canadian market where pharmaceutical-like standards (including Good Manufacturing Practice standards) exist for filtration, air quality and post-harvest plant quality gives us an advantage over our competitors, especially as product quality testing regulations continue to be enacted and made more stringent by state, provincial and local agencies.

The following perspectives explain and help conceptualize the complexity of the environmental controls systems, that need to be deployed by indoor cultivators:

Lighting. Lighting demand is 70 times more energy intensive than commercial office buildings. This lighting intensity creates heat, which when combined with plant transpiration to create humidity, creates the need for dehumidification and corresponding additional energy demand. Further complicating matters, lighting schedules and density must be adjusted for the clone, vegetative and flowering stages of cultivation, and associated variances in watering rates and temperature and humidity targets.
HVACD. HVACD energy use is driven by the need to remove the heat emitted from lighting and the moisture released during the plant’s evapotranspiration process, coupled with air circulation and odor and contaminant filtration requirements.
Legacy Systems. Mechanical systems are often designed and/or installed poorly, which can increase energy consumption and inconsistencies in environmental conditions. Reasons include: (i) cultivators deploying HVACD systems without an understanding of how the HVACD system impacts the growing environment, (ii) cultivators failing to understand the criticality of proper installation, commissioning and servicing of the equipment, even if properly designed, (iii) HVACD systems selected without understanding the interrelationship between sensible (cooling) and latent (moisture) factors, and (iv) most HVACD systems are designed for human occupied spaces, not process loads to accommodate plants.

New technologies and applications, coupled with emerging cultivation innovations, are providing opportunities for increased efficiency, which we are positioned to deliver to our customers. Our engineering and product development teams, which currently consist of seven people, are fully qualified and committed to delivering energy and resource efficient solutions to commercial cultivators. Leveraging their technical competence, and our customers’ increasing focus on energy efficiency, quality and yield, in the future we intend to offer retrofit/design, energy audit, energy efficiency improvement, performance audit, and preventive maintenance services.

Products: Environmental Control Systems. We offer, in addition to modular chilled water systems, other HVACD solutions, such as custom air handling units, split systems, and packaged roof-top units,units. We sell our proprietary products under the brand names Surna®, IsoStream®, EnviroPro™, EcoChill™, StrataAir™ and self-containedSentryIQ®. We have a national accounts relationship with Trane, and complex water chilled systems.we resell their chillers under a joint label agreement. We also have a national accounts relationship with Anden, and we resell their dehumidifiers under a joint label agreement. During 2019, we launched upgraded, white-labeled equipment lines of fan coils and air handlers. In 2020 we introduced our first DX-based packaged systems. This expanded product line will allow us in the future toWe offer less expensive products that can help us serve customers who have tighter budget constraints.

We are now offering various configurations of our new Surna-branded fan coil units, which provide greater efficiency, design flexibility and control for growers using modular chilled water systems. This expanded product line allows us to serve customers across a wide range of application and budget requirements. We have chosen to offer white-label products for two reasons. First, we can design the products to our own specifications, using our accumulated knowledge to develop products that meet the particular and demanding challenges of indoor agriculture. Second, we can maintain better product margins by offering products that are capable of offering a utility rebate consulting serviceproprietary to help our new build customers obtain utility rebates. While this service isus and are not expectedotherwise available to generate significant revenue, it should help us sell our environmental controls systems because our customers will be ablepotential competitors.

Product Solutions: Proprietary Facility Control System

Sensing and Control Systems. In 2018 we began to use these rebatesdevelop, and in 2019 began to offset some of their capital costs.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully execute any of these product initiatives, or identify, test and develop improved products or services, or that such products or services will generate revenue or profitability at the levels we expect. We also intend to work with select “best-in-class” vendors and partners that may be interested in jointly developing and marketing new and improved products and services.

Technology: Sensors, Controls and Automation Business. One of our key initiatives for 2019 was the development ofoffer, a branded, proprietary controls and monitoring offeringsystem (consisting of sensors, controllers, software, monitoring and a user interface). We accomplished this and launched in April 2019 ourBranded as SentryIQ®, it is a sensors, controls and automation (“SCA”) platform—a turnkey, single-vendor HVACD equipment and controls integration solution to new build projects as well as existing facilities in the startup and operation phases. We have continued the rollout of SentryIQ® and to date we have entered into thirteennineteen contracts with twelve different companies to implement our SentryIQ® SCA platform. This product line is important for tactical and strategic reasons, and we hope to offer this as a standalone offering in the future. SentryIQ® is our highest-margin product.

Cultivation facilities must have SCA to operate their HVACD equipment. In simple form, SCA is the computerized thermostat in the room, withroom. The SCA also functions as the occupant selecting“brains” in bringing multiple variables together for CEA grow operations. The operator selects the desired temperature set point, the wall thermostat (Sensor) detectingdetects the actual temperature, and when the space temperature deviates from the desired set point the thermostatcontroller (Control) commands the furnace or air-conditionerenvironmental control components to supply heated, cooled, or cooleddehumidified air to bring the room temperature back to the set point. In the case of the indoor cultivation facilities, there are more environmental conditions to monitor and control (such as temperature, relative humidity, CO2, lighting, vapor pressure deficit status, and more) than in a typical residential home.

10

Indoor CEA growers also need to vary and tightly control environmental conditions depending on the stage of plant growth (i.e., clone, vegetative and flowering stages), the time of day, and the plant genetics. In a cultivation facility, the desired conditions change many times during the plant’s growth cycle and even within a day, and this is most easily accomplished with a programmablecustom design, computerized environmental control system (automation), not unlike a simple programmable thermostatsimilar to the most sophisticated building automation systems (BAS) found in a home.commercial and process cooling applications. This control system may also command lighting and CO2 enrichment.

Our SentryIQ® SCA package includes precision sensors to measure temperature, humidity, light, and CO2 levels—levels more accurately than typical HVACD sensors and within tighter tolerance levels. Our controllers are purpose-built computers programmed by us to ensure our industrial environmental control equipment follows the engineered sequences of operation to obtain desired set-points.set points. Our sensors connect to our branded controllers through wires installed in the facility, and similarly they are wired to our HVACD equipment (e.g., chillers, fan coils and dehumidifiers) to direct these pieces of equipment. The controllers also provide a custom user interface on a screen so they can be easily programmed and controlled to achieve the customer’s environmental objectives and give the cultivator the ability to access this data and react to alerts remotely.

We have entered this aspect of our business to satisfy our customer’scustomer needs that we did not previously address and that historically waswere provided by third-party controls contractors. Our entry into the SCA market helps both our customers’customers and our businesses.business. Our customers benefit because they are saved the extra work of finding and engaging aan experienced CEA controls contractor, whichcontractor. This allows them to get their facility up and running more quickly by taking one decision off the table and thereby establishing a single point of responsibility for controls implementation. We are also in a position to provide SCA because we know our proprietary equipment better than anyone, thereby ensuring smooth integration with our equipment with nominimal work scope shortcomings, what we refer to as “scope gap.”

From a tactical perspective, and with limited incremental selling costs, our current sales team can now offer our SCA package to nearly every prospect since every cultivation facility should haverequires SCA technology. We believe this technology value-added solution gives us an opportunity to achieve incremental project revenue.revenue at higher margins than we earn from our other equipment. Strategically, through our SCA package, we are also able to deepen our long-term customer relationship by tethering us to the customer through a controls interface (dashboard) to their facility. Future development will allow our customercustomers to use artificial intelligence (AI) by aggregating environment and growing data to optimize energy use, operating efficiency, and product quality and yield. While there are several other total controls systems providers, we believe that our industry know-how, experience and reputation with climate control environments gives us a compelling and competitive SCA offering.

SalesProduct Solutions: VAR of Cultivation and MarketingEnvironmental Control Products

Multi-Facility Operator (“MFO”) Focus

Our salesSome of the technologies required in CEA facilities are non-proprietary and marketing efforts will continuewidely available, thus making it difficult to focusearn strong margins on MFOs.resale of products like pumps, valves, piping, etc. are commodities within the HVAC industry. However, we face multiple sources of competition inadd value by selecting, providing and integrating these products into our attemptcustomers’ projects.

We offer CEA-specific products as a reseller from trusted suppliers. For example, we have partnered with a third party to penetrate the MFO market.offer energy efficient, cost competitive LED lighting products at attractive margins. As another example, we offer benching and racking products via a partnership with a well-respected and widely used third party manufacturer.

11
 First, some companies with multiple CEA facilities have internal staffs with the requisite expertise to manage their environmental control needs, and who are able to access and engage vendors for both engineering services and equipment without external help.
Second, some large, multi-state and multi-national engineering and construction firms, which have deep engineering and construction management experience and expertise, have entered or are entering the CEA market.
Third, we compete with other CEA service providers, that like us promote their specific industry expertise and experience.
Fourth, several larger, brand name HVACD equipment manufacturers are now pursuing the CEA market directly through their own sales forces.

Our Customers and Prospects

We believeprovide our services and products to customers who are building, upgrading, or expanding an indoor cultivation facility for any crop. Our customers can be defined on a range of criteria.

New construction or the retrofit of an existing facility. Nearly all of our business has historically been for new construction facilities, but we can compete in the MFO market for the following reasons:

We believe that MFOs value the expertise we have gained from many years of designing environmental control systems for enclosed cultivation facilities since 2016 and our expansion into other engineered products and services.
Unlike the local and regional engineering firms operating in the market, we have the capability and experience to perform work across the U.S. and Canada, thereby matching the facilities footprint of our MFO prospects.
We believe that the MFOs value the range of experience and expertise that our personnel provide. Our professional staff has expertise covering the gamut, including commercial agriculture, engineering and facility design, HVACD technology, applications and controls, energy efficiency, and sustainability.
We have deep networks with CEA cultivators, HVACD technical experts, AgTech experts, sustainability leaders, and agricultural resources that we can easily access and bring to bear for the benefit of our customers.
And finally, during 2019 and 2020 we did business with five MFOs, covering a total of tenhave done retrofit projects with an average contract value of $1.3 million, providing important validation and enhancing our credibility in the eyes of other MFOs we are pursuing.

Our ability to develop relationships with, and obtain new business from, other MFOs will be critical to generating consistent revenues quarter-over-quarter. During the first half of 2020, we experienced project delays and cancellations due to the Covid pandemic. Fortunately, our bookings rebounded in the second half, and we finished the 2020 year with $8.4 millionbelieve that over time more of backlogged projects. Notwithstanding our efforts, there is no assurance that wesuch business will be successful in growing and maintaining our business with these MFOs, especially in light of the uncertainty surrounding the potential impact of the coronavirus on our business and the business of our customers and customer prospects.become available.

New Commercial-Scale Projects

The demand for our environmental control systems is driven primarily by the construction of new CEA facilities in the U.S. and Canada. As the CEA industry expands, the cannabis cultivation segment is, in turn, driven by changed legislation approving either medical or recreational use. Recent regulatory changes involving medical and/or recreational cannabis use in various jurisdictions, such as California, Michigan, Oklahoma, Utah, Missouri, Illinois and Canada, tend to be a leading indicator for the granting of licenses for new facility construction. As more new cultivation facilities become licensed, we in turn have an expanded set of potential customers that might buy our environmental control systems. However, since both medical and recreational cannabis use remains prohibited under U.S. federal law, uncertainty continues and tends to unfavorably impact the development and financing of new cultivation facilities in the U.S.

The following table sets forth our commercial-scale project bookings, which we define as contracts executed with a value over $100,000, for which we received an initial deposit for the years 2016 through 2020. Based on the current economic climate and our downsizing measures, there is no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain the level of bookings that we had in the past.

  Number of New Commercial-Scale Project Bookings 
  2020  2019  2018  2017  2016 
                     
Total  12   23   22   18   18 

Our marketing efforts will be targeted at MFOs, smaller independent growers, design-build firms, architects working in the CEA industry, investors and consulting firms operating in that space. We believe these represent the largest markets, based on the state and local regulatory framework, for our products and services. We believe our marketing efforts will be curtailed for the foreseeable future due to our efforts to preserve our cash resources as we deal with the uncertainty surrounding the coronavirus.

Retrofit Market

Existing commercial retrofit projects also represent a business opportunity in the CEA industry. The estimated 3,000+5,000+ existing cannabis producing CEA facilities in North America are easier to identify than new build projects. We believe, based on evidence and our market knowledge, that some of these exiting facilities are operating sub-optimally and have environmental control problems that our services and products can help remediate. We also believe that the energy consumption of these facilities can be reduced, and we have commenced developing services and products to help them realize savings. We have a full product and service offering in mind, but we expectbelieve that the roll-out will take up to two years. To expedite this roll-out, we are evaluating possible strategic partners that could add products and services that are an immediate value-add to our customers. These CEA facilities retrofit projects do not typically carry the financial uncertainties associated with new build projects such as licensing, permitting and funding.

Crop, either cannabis or non-cannabis. Nearly all of our projects have been for cannabis cultivation facilities as that has been the focus of our sales and marketing efforts. However, we have recently performed services for several non-cannabis facilities. As non-cannabis markets are growing at a pace previously seen in the cannabis markets, we are actively pursuing this market.

Size of facility. We serve facilities ranging in size from 2,000 square feet to over 100,000 square feet. Most facilities are between 20,000 and 70,000 square feet.

Customer type. Most of our customers are new entrants to the industry and have no other cultivation facilities. Some customers have one or more facilities which we classify as MFOs (multi-facility operators), and these are our favored prospects that we pursue aggressively or who turn to us after we have served them on a previous facility. We currently do not have projects with the largest, publicly traded firms (typically referred to as “MSOs,” or Multi-State Operators).

MFOs are customers who already own cultivation facilities and they are our preferred customers because they are likely already successful and cash-flowing, and they understand the challenges of building a new cultivation facility. They are thus a less risky prospect with a much higher likelihood of successfully completing a project.

New entrants are often times investors from outside the CEA industry who are attracted by the growth opportunities available as the CEA industry grows. We are particularly effective at winning business from these prospects because of our fifteen-year track record and well-known brand name within the industry. However, the risks of a failed project with these prospects are higher because of the challenges that must be overcome to successfully build and operate a CEA operation—which include (but are not limited to) ability to obtain funding, licensure, and an appropriate facility.

Sales and Marketing

We have both marketing and sales organizations and employees. Our Marketing team consists of a Vice-President of Marketing Communications and three staff members. Our Sales team is comprised of a Vice-President of Sales and four sales representatives located across the country. Our sales and marketing efforts focus on winning business from new entrants and smaller MFOs.

Marketing Strategy

Our marketing activities are focused on generating new leads and positioning us as a leader in the CEA facilities indoor cultivation market. We lead with our value proposition of offering a wide range of proprietary and curated products and services, giving more options to our customers to satisfy their individual applications and goals, versus our competition, which only offers single solutions for each of their products.

Brand Image. We emphasize our 15-year presence serving the industry and our status as an industry pioneer that was founded by cultivators to provide service to cultivators. We have also positioned ourselves as an engineering company that is, we believe, the most experienced such firm serving the cannabis segment of the CEA industry. We are well-known in the industry because of the many projects we have performed and because of our longevity serving the same. We reinforce our message and positioning with regular blog posts on our website, interviews with our technical cannabis professionals in certain industry magazines and podcasts, talks and presentations at trade shows, and technical white papers. Some of our engineers sit on industry technical standards groups. Some of our projects are referred to us by previous customers, and we reap the benefits of a virtuous cycle of past projects leading to new projects.

12

Internet. Our marketing activities include a fresh, easy to navigate website that provides education through our SEO-optimized landing pages, case studies, white papers, blogs and articles, advertising in various trade publications and digital outlets, social media and email campaigns.

Paid Referrals. We provide referral agreements to parties in the industry who are in a position to refer business to us.

Trade Shows. We make regular appearances at trade shows. We are also frequent speakers or panel members at trade show educational events. Our co-founder, Brandy Keen, is a well-known industry pioneer and authority who writes regular blog posts and is a sought-after speaker at industry events.

Investor Relations/Public Relations. We actively manage our public image to both the industry and to investors. For the industry we regularly publish press releases with positive company news including new product releases and major project wins. We retain an Investor Relations firm to provide regular coverage of Company developments to our investors and other stakeholders.

Sales Strategy

Our sales strategy is to call on leads developed by our marketing efforts, leads referred by existing customers, networking at industry events and trade shows, and to develop relationships with potential prospects. Our sales cycle is long, ranging from several months to 18 months from first contact with a prospect to signing a contract. In the future,organic growth strategy update we alsoannounced in May of 2021, we specifically added architectural services to our offering. Typically, architectural services are the first that will potentially launchbe needed when a facility is to be built. By selling our architectural services to a prospect we gain an internally developedearly foothold in the relationship with the prospect. By offering most of the services and products that the prospect will need for their facility, assessmentwe attempt to keep competitors out of the relationship.

Sales, Contract, and analysis tool to assist existing facilities in solving their environmental controls challenges.Fulfillment Cycle

New Build Facility Sales Cycle and Risks

The sales cycles for our new build commercial projects can vary significantly.significantly depending on the size and complexity of the project. From pre-sales and technical advisory meetings to sales contract execution, to engineering and design services and equipment delivery, and all the way through installation and commissioningstartup of the installed system, the full cycle can range from sixthree months to two years. Since we do not install any of the climate control systems,products we sell, our customers are required to use third-party installation contractors, which adds to the variability of the sales cycle.

The lengthWhen a customer agrees to enter into a contract with us it can be for any or all of our sales cycle for new facilities is driven by numerous factors including:the following:

 the large number of first-time participants interested in the CEA business;Architectural design services;
 the complexities and uncertainties involved in obtaining state and local licensure and permitting for certain types of CEA cultivation facilities, including relating to energy use, water use, and the environmental impacts of waste;
 local and state government delays in approving licenses and permits due to lack of staff or the large number of pending applications, especially in states where there is no cap on the number of cultivators;MEP engineering services;
 the customer’s need to obtain CEA cultivation facility financing and legal issues related to the crops sought to be grown;
 the time needed, and coordination required, for our customers to acquire real estate and properly design and build the facility (to the stage where climate control systems can be installed);
the large price tag and technical complexities of the climate control and air sanitation system;
availability of power and the cost;Equipment provision; and
 delays that are typical in completing any commercial construction project.
Preventative maintenance.

AsTo enter into a resultcontract, we require a 5-10% deposit and a signed contract. We then require progress payments as architectural and/or engineering work is completed, and before equipment is shipped. We generally do not ship equipment to a customer unless that equipment has been fully paid. The sales and fulfillment cycle can be summarized as follows, with elapsed time from start:

Start: Early meetings to understand goals and resources;

1-2 months: Proposal development and presentation;

3 months: Contract acceptance (requires 5-10% deposit);

3 months: Architectural and MEP engineering work begin;

4-5 months: Architectural and MEP engineering work completed, and equipment selections finalized (services paid for before release of construction drawings);

5 months: equipment ordered (40% deposit on equipment received prior to ordering);

6-18 months: construction project commences, equipment delivered as required (fully paid for before shipping); and

12-18 months: all equipment shipped and installed, project completed, operator training and system startup conducted.

Gross Margins and Revenue.

Architectural and Engineering services fees can range from $10,000 to over $100,000, depending on the size of the foregoing, there are risks thatproject. Revenue from equipment sales on individual projects has been over $3,000,000 but most typically ranges from $500,000 to $1,500,000. Our target gross margin from equipment sales ranges from 25% to 60%, with services margins ranging from 10% to 20%.

Our Corporate Growth Strategy

We continue to build upon the significant momentum we may not realizeexperienced in 2019, prior to the full contract valuebusiness disruptions caused by the COVID 19 pandemic. As we navigated through these challenges in the first half of our backlog in a timely manner, or at all. The performance of our obligations under a sales contract, and2020, we have seen an encouraging return to the timing ofpre-COVID-19 momentum, as evidenced by our revenue recognition, is dependent upongrowth from Q3 2020 to Q4 2021. We believe this validates our customers’ ability to secure fundingmarket opportunity and real estate, obtain a license and then build their cultivation facility so they can take possession of the equipment—each of which are outside of our control. More recently, as some of our new construction facility projects have become larger and more complex, the likelihood of delays—due to licensing and permitting, lack of or delay in funding, staged facility construction, and/or the shifting priorities of certain customers with multiple facility projects in progress at one time—has increased.

In order to address these risks, the obligations under our sales contracts are generally allocated into the following types of deliverables,business model, and we typically require non-refundable payments from our customers in advance of our performance of services or delivery of equipment. However, in certain situations, especially as we expand our productsremain committed to growing revenue and services offering for a customer’s entire facility lifecycle, we may extend credit to our customers in which case we are at risk for the collection of account receivables.margin.

 

Engineering ServicesTo that end, our corporate strategy for growing the Company and increasing shareholder value are based on the following pillars:

Pursue Aggressive Organic Growth.

We serve a market for the construction and expansion of CEA facilities and businesses that is projected to grow at a 20%+ compound annual growth rate for the foreseeable future. Our primary vertical market of cannabis cultivation facilities has been joined by the similarly rapidly growing urban vertical farming market to create two market opportunity segments that we are positioned to serve.

In May of 2021 we announced a new strategy for our organic growth, which included the following elements.:

Identify and Pursue New markets

Non-cannabis CEA (vertical/urban farming). We have expanded our business development plan to pursue non-cannabis CEA facilities, at least doubling our total addressable market. We have served several non-cannabis CEA facilities in the past and present and we have expanded our marketing efforts to aggressively pursue this vertical market.

Expand Product & Services Offering

We decided to expand our product offerings from a focus on primarily environmental control offerings to one that offers all of the primary technologies and services required in a CEA facility: architectural design, lighting, benching, HVACD, sensing & control systems, CO2 enrichment and control, water filtration & condensate reclamation, irrigation & fertigation systems, wastewater treatment, air sanitation, preventative maintenance and odor mitigation. In the last four months alone, we have seen a broadening of our booked contract pipeline to include offerings of architectural design, lighting, benching, HVACD, sensing & control systems, CO2 control, water reclamation, air sanitation and preventative maintenance.

14

Enhance Brand Through New Corporate and Trade Name

In May of 2021 we adopted the trade name “Surna Cultivation Technologies” because we believe that the new name will more clearly identify our business to prospects and make us easier to find on various social media and search engines. In November of 2021, we changed our corporate name from Surna Inc. to CEA Industries Inc. In January of 2022, Surna Cultivation Technologies LLC was formed and is a wholly owned subsidiary of CEA Industries Inc. Our recent name change, and internal restructuring were affected to prepare us to acquire potential targets and to nurture internal growth initiatives.

Seek Strategic Relationships, Mergers, and Acquisitions to Add to our Existing Business.

We also intend to grow our business through mergers, acquisitions, and strategic partnerships that serve our goal of being a leading and rapidly-growing supplier to the CEA industry. Our strategy is to use our insight to select the right partners to align with and the right acquisition targets to pursue.

Our experience and engineering advantages. Our core expertise, developed over many years, is engineering the environmental controls of CEA facilities, which is a sophisticated engineering challenge due to the high humidity (latent heat) and heat load (sensible heat) within these facilities. Not only are the loads high, but the environmental conditions within these facilities must be held closely within limits that these facilities’ managers request. Engineering to meet these limits requires us to consider all of the primary components within the facility: lighting, irrigation, HVACD, fertigation, sensors, controls, CO2 dosing, monitoring and alarms, facility physical limits such as power availability, and energy consumption. This expertise uniquely informs our view on the requirements of CEA facilities.

Technical advantages as a strategic partner and acquirer. We believe that the expertise gained in engineering many of the primary technical components within a CEA facility provides us with a uniquely well-informed view of the efficacy of the many primary components on offer in the marketplace. We further believe that this knowledge will help us make wise choices when deciding on products to pursue for strategic relationships, and providers to potentially merge with or acquire.

Corporate advantages as a strategic partner and acquirer. For smaller component providers we believe that our publicly traded platform and our existing sales and marketing reach will make us an attractive partner. Our public status provides sources of capital, and our sales and marketing resources can help us bring other products to market.

Continue to Improve Our Public Profile and the Market for Our Securities

We recognize that the costs of being a public company are substantial. However, we believe that a public currency offers a wider audience to support our story and partnership opportunities to build that story. With that goal in mind, we continue to build our public brand through public capital markets, and as part of that effort, we completed two capital markets transactions that we believe will benefit our current and future shareholders.

First, effective February 10, 2022, trading of both shares of the Company’s common stock and certain of the Company’s warrants (which previously traded on the over-the-counter (“OTCQB”) market) commenced on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Uplist”). We believe an Uplist to the Nasdaq will contribute to our stock’s liquidity and offer a more visible and attractive equity currency to current and future investors.

Second, effective February 15, 2022, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $22 million from the sale of 5,811,138 shares of its common stock together with 5,811,138 warrants (the “Offering”). We believe the Offering will provide immediate liquidity to help fund the Company’s growth strategy through both organic development and opportunistic acquisitions. We also believe the expansion of our investor base created by the Offering will enhance our overall audience and strengthen the market for our securities.

Our Competitive Advantages

Customer Operations. First and foremost, we seek to help our customers build the most effective and efficient facility possible. We believe that we are uniquely positioned to engineer all of the complex components of a CEA facility into a holistic whole because of our dedicated engineering staff and our experience with over 800 cultivators including over 200 commercial facilities. Our 15 years in the business has provided us a wide network of technology vendors from which we curate a selection of the best products. In addition, we are the leading experts in applying the most challenging component of the technical infrastructure, the environmental controls, and we have the knowledge required to engineer the interactions among the required components. A PE license is required for all MEP engineering work, and this engineering competence is one of our greatest strengths.

Sustainability. Indoor cultivation facilities, like data centers, are resource intensive. Several U.S. states have implemented building code changes that place limits on the energy consumption allowed within cultivation facilities, and we anticipate that more states will do the same. Among our objectives is to provide our customers with the most energy-efficient alternatives for their infrastructure. Energy and resource efficiency is a high priority to us as engineers, and our most senior engineering staff hold the LEED (Leadership in Energy and designEnvironmental Design) credential. Our CEO previously helped build a cleantech company, has been involved in the cleantech industry for over five years, and published a book on selling energy efficient technologies. We believe that we are in a position to lead the industry in sustainability initiatives which our customers will highly value.

15

Customer Acquisition. By offering Facility Selection & Design services and drawings. In many cases,we seek to build relationships with prospects at the engineering phase is done as partearliest opportunity in the lifecycle of the license application or building permit process and takes approximately sixcultivation business. By expanding our offerings to eight weeks to complete. Our strategy is to secure the sales contract and commence the engineering and design portioninclude nearly every piece of the project earlytechnical infrastructure required in a facility we hope to engage at the customer’s planning phaseearliest possible moment with the customer and earn the opportunity to provide all the products and services required for a facility. Our post-start-up, lifecycle services help us maintain a relationship with the customer as long as the facility is in operation. Our observation is that our customers want to focus on growing plants and entrust us to maintain the technical infrastructure of complex systems; we believe that they will accept our offer to do so, as some already have.

Revenue and Revenue Recurrence. We believe that our revenue can be expanded by offering most of the project. This is importantprimary technical infrastructure components for a number of reasons: (i) we can assist our customers with their engineering and design plans as part of their licensing application process as well as better assure the customer has the right-sized equipment for their application, leading to a higher probability of a successful grow, (ii) we are better positioned to utilize our proprietary equipment for the project at an earlier stage, and (iii)cultivation facility. For example, if we are able to help reduce a customer’s time to market. Before we commence the engineering phaseprovide all of the primary infrastructure components to a cultivation facility, our revenue on a project could be up to 200% higher than if we provided the environmental controls systems alone. In the past we did not have products or services to offer our customers after a facility was constructed. We have recently begun to offer preventative maintenance services, and we believe that by expanding this service offering we will generally require an advanced payment intendedbe able to cover the engineering value of the contract.gain long-term recurring revenue on a subscription basis.

Surna Manufactured EquipmentOur Competition. Upon completion of the engineering and design phase, it may take our customer on average six to twelve months to complete the facility build-out, with possible delays due to financing or other aspects which are beyond our control as discussed above. Customer delays in obtaining financing and completing facility build-out make the completion timing of our sales contract unpredictable. For this reason, we require an additional advance payment before we begin manufacturing our proprietary equipment items.

Third-Party Manufactured Equipment. The final phase of our contract typically involves the delivery of third-party manufactured equipment items and other equipment to complete the project. We typically will not deliver until we receive a final advance payment for the remaining contract value. After the project is completed and the environmental control system has been fully installed by third-party installation contractors, we will deploy our technicians to the customer’s cultivation facility to support the start-up of the system. Start-up support involves testing that the equipment has been properly assembled and installed by the installation contractor and assuring the equipment is operating within the agreed specifications.

Given the timing of the deliverables of our sales contracts, we have often experienced large variances in quarterly revenue. Our revenue recognition is dependent upon shipment of the equipment portions of our sales contracts, which, in many cases, may be delayed while our customers complete permitting, prepare their facilities for equipment installation or obtain project financing.

Competition

Our environmental control systems and our related engineering and design services compete with various national and local HVACD contractors and traditional HVACD equipment suppliers who traditionally resell, design, and implement climate control systems for commercial and industrial facilities, most of whom do not have the specific knowledge that we have about the complexities and challenges of CEA facilities. We have positioned ourselves to differ from these competitors by providing a broad range of engineering and design services and environmental control systems, across most major HVACD solutions, including modular chilled water systems, custom air handling units, split systems, and packaged roof-top units, and self-contained and complex chilled-water systems, eachunits. Each is tailored specifically for managing the distinct challenges involved in CEA facilities. We believe our industry-specific applications and experience in the CEA market allow us to deliver the right solution to our cultivation customers. Unlike many of our competitors, our solutions are designed specifically for cultivators to provide tight temperature/temperature and humidity control, reduce bio-security risk,risks, reduce energy requirements, and minimize maintenance complexity, costs and downtime. However, we are seeing more competitors enter into the CEA market, offeringfocused on emulating the same types andof crop-specific climate control systems and engineering services that we offer. We believe this increased competition may adversely impact our ability to obtain new facility projects from both MFOs and independent smaller growers and could require us to accept lower gross margins on our projects.

As the cannabis segment of the CEA industry continues to mature and develop and legalization becomes more prevalent, we expect to see more competition from agricultural product and service providers who seek to expand into this niche of the CEA market. Going forward, we intend to expand our focus to include non-cannabis crops grown in controlled environments such as leafy greens (kale, Swiss chard, mustard, cress), microgreens (leafy greens harvested at the first true leaf stage), ethnic vegetables, ornamentals and small fruits (such as strawberries, blackberries and raspberries), bell peppers, cucumbers, and tomatoes. Companies already operating in the non-cannabis CEA industry may have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger client bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources. These competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to existing and potential clients, employees, strategic partners, distribution channels and advertisers. Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and a potential loss of market share.

15

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent and trademark rights, licenses, trade secrets, and laws that protect intellectual property, confidentiality procedures, and contractual restrictions with our employees and others to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. WeWhile we have several issued patents, and pending patent applications; however, we do not believe that these issued and pending patents currently provide us with anya meaningful competitive advantage. We have registered trademark registrationstrademarks around our core Surna brand (“Surna”) in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions, as well as the Surna logo and the combined Surna logo and name in the United States. Our Surna trademark is also registered in the European Union and Canada. We also recently secured trademark registration for our proprietary SCA platform, SentryIQ, in the United States and Canada. Subject to ongoing use and renewal, trademark protection is potentially perpetual. We actively protect our inventions, new technologies, and product developments by maintaining trade secrets and, in limited circumstances, filing for patent protection.

Employees

16

Employees

We currently have 2631 active full-time employees and two part-time employees. However, we may engage, and have in the past utilized, the services of consultants, independent contractors, and other non-employee professionals. Additional employees may be hired in the future depending on need, available resources, and our achieved growth.

US Government Regulation

U.S. Regulations

While we do not generate any revenue from the direct sale of cannabis products, we have historically, and continue to, offer our services and engineering solutions to indoor cultivators that are engaged in various aspects of the cannabis industry. MarijuanaCannabis is a Schedule I controlled substance and is illegal under federal law. Even in those states in which specific uses of marijuana hashave been legalized, such as medical marijuana or for adult recreational purpose, its use remains a violation of federal laws.

A Schedule I controlled substance is defined as a substance that has no currently accepted medical use in the United States, a lack of safety for use under medical supervision and a high potential for abuse. The Department of Justice defines Schedule I controlled substances as “the most dangerous drugs of all the drug schedules with potentially severe psychological or physical dependence.” If the federal government decides to enforce the Controlled Substances Act with respect to cannabis, persons that are charged with distributing, possessing with intent to distribute, or growing cannabis could be subject to fines and terms of imprisonment, the maximum being life imprisonment and a $50 million fine. Any such change in the federal government’s enforcement of current federal laws could cause significant financial damage to us. While we do not intend to harvest, manufacture, distribute or sell cannabis or cannabis products, we may be irreparably harmed by a change in enforcement by the federal or state governments.

Previously, the Obama administration took the position that it was not an efficient use of resources to direct federal law enforcement agencies to prosecute those lawfully abiding by state-designated laws allowing the use and distribution of medical marijuana. The Trump administration revised this policy but made no major changes in enforcement through Attorney General Jeffrey Sessions rescinding the Cole Memorandum. The Department of Justice will continue to enforce the Controlled Substances Act with respect to cannabis under established principles in setting their law enforcement priorities to prevent:

the distribution of cannabis products, such as marijuana, to minors;
criminal enterprises, gangs and cartels receiving revenue from the sale of cannabis;
the diversion of cannabis products from states where it is legal under state law to other states;states where it is not legal under state law;
the use of state-authorized cannabis activity from being used as a cover or pretext for the trafficking of other illegal drugs or other illegal activity;
violence and the use of firearms in the cultivation and distribution of cannabis products;
driving while impaired and the exacerbation of other adverse public health consequences associated with cannabis product usage;
the growing of cannabis on public lands; and
cannabis possession or use on federal property.

Since the use of marijuana is illegal under federal law, most federally chartered banks will not accept deposit funds from businesses involved with marijuana. Consequently, businesses involved in the marijuana industry generally bank with state-chartered banks and credit unions to provide banking to the industry.

In 2014, Congress passed a spending bill containing a provision (the Rohrabacher-Farr amendment, now referred to as the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment) blocking federal funds and resources allocated under the 2015 appropriations bill from being used to “prevent such States from implementing their own State medical marijuana laws.” The Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment, however, did not codify any federal protections for medical marijuana patients and producers operating within state law. The Justice Department maintains that it can still prosecute violations of the federal cannabis laws and continue cases already in the courts. The Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment must be re-enacted every year, and it was continued for 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and currently, now known as the Joyce Amendment, remains in effect.effect through December 3, 2021. The continued re-authorization of the Rohrabacher-BlumenauerJoyce Amendment cannot be assured. If the Rohrabacher-BlumenauerJoyce Amendment is no longer in effect, the risk of federal enforcement and override of state marijuana use and cannabis related laws would increase. However, state laws do not supersede the prohibitions set forth in the federal drug laws.

17

In order to participate in either the medical or the adult use aspects of the cannabis industry, all businesses and employees must obtain licenses from the state and, for businesses, local jurisdictions as well. As an example, Colorado issues four types of business licenses including cultivation, manufacturing, dispensing, and testing. In addition, all owners and employees must obtain an occupational license to be permitted to own or work in a facility. All applicants for licenses undergo a background investigation, including a criminal record check for all owners and employees.

Colorado has also enacted stringent regulations governing the facilities and operations of cannabis businesses that are involved with the plant and its products. All facilities are required to be licensed by the state and local authorities and are subject to comprehensive security and surveillance requirements. In addition, each facility is subject to extensive regulations that govern its businesses practices, which includes mandatory seed-to-sale tracking and reporting, health and sanitary standards, packaging and labeling requirements, and product testing for potency and contaminants.

Laws and regulations affecting the medical marijuana industry are constantly changing, which could detrimentally affect our proposed operations. Local, state and federal medical marijuana laws and regulations are broad in scope and subject to evolving interpretations, which could require us to incur substantial costs associated with compliance or alter our business plan. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. It is also possible that regulations may be enacted in the future that will be directly applicable to our business. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can we determine what effect additional governmental regulations or administrative policies and procedures, when and if promulgated, could have on our business.

Canadian Regulations

Summary of the Cannabis Act

On October 17, 2018, the Cannabis Act came into force as law with the effect of legalizing adult recreational use of cannabis across Canada. The Cannabis Act replaced the Access to Cannabis for Medicinal Purposes Regulations (“ACMPR”) and the Industrial Hemp Regulations, both of which came into force under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act (Canada) (the “CDSA”), which previously permitted access to cannabis for medical purposes for only those Canadians who had been authorized to use cannabis by their health care practitioner. The ACMPR replaced the Marihuana for Medical Purposes Regulations (Canada) (the “MMPR”), which was implemented in June 2013. The MMPR replaced the Marihuana Medical Access Regulations (Canada) (the “MMAR”) which was implemented in 2001. The MMPR and MMAR were initial steps in the Government of Canada’s legislative path towards the eventual legalization and regulating recreational and medical cannabis.

The Cannabis Act permits the recreational adult use of cannabis and regulates the production, distribution and sale of cannabis and related oil extracts in Canada, for both recreational and medical purposes. Under the Cannabis Act, Canadians who are authorized by their health care practitioner to use medical cannabis have the option of purchasing cannabis from one of the producers licensed by Health Canada and are also able to register with Health Canada to produce a limited amount of cannabis for their own medical purposes or to designate an individual who is registered with Health Canada to produce cannabis on their behalf for personal medical purposes.

Pursuant to the Cannabis Act, subject to provincial regulations, individuals over the age of 18 are able to purchase fresh cannabis, dried cannabis, cannabis oil, and cannabis plants or seeds and are able to legally possess up to 30 grams of dried cannabis, or the equivalent amount in fresh cannabis or cannabis oil. The Cannabis Act also permits households to grow a maximum of four cannabis plants. This limit applies regardless of the number of adults that reside in the household. In addition, the Cannabis Act provides provincial and municipal governments the authority to prescribe regulations regarding retail and distribution, as well as the ability to alter some of the existing baseline requirements of the Cannabis Act, such as increasing the minimum age for purchase and consumption.

Provincial and territorial governments in Canada have made varying announcements on the proposed regulatory regimes for the distribution and sale of cannabis for adult-use purposes. For example, Québec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Yukon and the Northwest Territories have chosen the government-regulated model for distribution, whereas Saskatchewan and Newfoundland & Labrador have opted for a private sector approach. Alberta, Ontario, Manitoba, Nunavut and British Columbia have announced plans to pursue a hybrid approach of public and private sale and distribution.

In connection with the new framework for regulating cannabis in Canada, the federal government has introduced new penalties under the Criminal Code (Canada), including penalties for the illegal sale of cannabis, possession of cannabis over the prescribed limit, production of cannabis beyond personal cultivation limits, taking cannabis across the Canadian border, giving or selling cannabis to a youth and involving a youth to commit a cannabis-related offence.

On July 11, 2018, the Canadian federal government published regulations in the Canada Gazette to support the Cannabis Act, including the Cannabis Regulations, the new Industrial Hemp Regulations, along with proposed amendments to the Narcotic Control Regulations and certain regulations under the Food and Drugs Act (Canada). The Industrial Hemp Regulations and the Cannabis Regulations, among other things, outline the rules for the legal cultivation, processing, research, analytical testing, distribution, sale, importation and exportation of cannabis and hemp in Canada, including the various classes of licenses that can be granted, and set standards for cannabis and hemp products. The Industrial Hemp Regulations and the Cannabis Regulations include strict specifications for the plain packaging and labelling and analytical testing of all cannabis products as well as stringent physical and personnel security requirements for all federally licensed production sites. The Industrial Hemp Regulations and the Cannabis Regulations also maintain a distinct system for access to cannabis. With the Cannabis Act now in force, cannabis has ceased to be regulated under the CDSA and is instead regulated under the Cannabis Act, and both the ACMPR and the Industrial Hemp Regulations have been repealed effective October 17, 2018.

Additional regulations were added in October 2019 governing the legal production and sale of three classes of cannabis, edibles, extracts and topicals. A processing license will be required in order to manufacture, package and label cannabis edibles, extracts and topicals to consumers. The licensing also has quality control and testing requirements for production to prevent contamination and address the risk of foodborne illness associated with cannabis. Cannabis products will have THC and cannabidiol limits per unit.

Security Clearances

The Cannabis Regulations require that certain people associated with cannabis licensees, including individuals occupying a “key position” directors, officers, large shareholders and individuals identified by the Minister of Health, must hold a valid security clearance issued by the Minister of Health. Officers and directors of a parent corporation must be security cleared.

Under the Cannabis Regulations, the Minister of Health may refuse to grant security clearances to individuals with associations to organized crime or with past convictions for, or an association with, drug trafficking, corruption or violent offences. Individuals who have histories of nonviolent, lower-risk criminal activity (for example, simple possession of cannabis, or small-scale cultivation of cannabis plants) are not precluded from participating in the legal cannabis industry, and the grant of security clearance to such individuals is at the discretion of the Minister of Health and such applications will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

Cannabis Tracking System

Under the Cannabis Act, the Minister of Health is authorized to establish and maintain a national cannabis tracking system. The Cannabis Regulations set out a national cannabis tracking system to track cannabis throughout the supply chain to help prevent diversion of cannabis into, and out of, the illicit market. The Cannabis Regulations also provides the Minister of Health with the authority to make a ministerial order that would require certain persons named in such order to report specific information about their authorized activities with cannabis, in the form and manner specified by the Minister of Health.

Cannabis Products

The Cannabis Regulations set out the requirements for the sale of cannabis products at the retail level permit the sale of dried cannabis, cannabis oil, fresh cannabis, cannabis plants, and cannabis seeds, including in such forms as “pre-rolled” and in capsules. The THC and cannabidiol content and serving size of cannabis products is limited by the Cannabis Regulations. These regulations also cover labelling and packaging regulation and extensive prohibitions on representations that may be made with respect to cannabis products covering areas such as health and cosmetic benefits, nutrition, comparisons to alcoholic beverages and diet benefits and dietary requirements.

Available Information

Our website address is www.surna.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Such reports and other information filed by us with the SEC are available free of charge through our website when such reports are available on the SEC’s website.

The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

The contents of the websites referred to above are not incorporated into this filing. Further, references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stocksecurities involves significant risks. Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs,occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stocksecurities could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Summary Of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those risks discussed at length in the section below titled “Risk Factors.” These risks include, among others, the following:

Historically, we have had limited revenues and operated our business with a working capital deficit. Additionally, our operating results have fluctuated over the years. With the completion of our February 2022 offering, we raised approximately $22 million in net proceeds, and we are confident that we will be able to fund our operations and certain grow strategies for a period beyond the next twelve months. Nonetheless, we anticipate that from time to time we will require additional capital as we pursue our business plan.

18

We historically enter into contracts that are performed over a period of time; therefore, we have a contract backlog in differing amounts from quarter to quarter. Converting backlog to revenue depends on many factors, such as the customer obtaining financing, building permits and construction of their facility. We may not be able to convert all of our contracts representing backlog into revenue. We currently do not convert our backlog on a consistent basis quarter to quarter.
Although our business is focused on the larger controlled environment agricultural sector and we are not cannabis plant touching, historically we have provided services and equipment to the cannabis industry segment. As a result, we may be subject to the changes within that sector and certain of the regulations and enforcement issues of the cannabis industry.
We have material weaknesses in our controls and procedures for financial reporting.
We are expanding our business and plan to undertake further strategic growth initiatives through product expansion and potential acquisitions. We may not be able to manage our growth effectively, which may affect our investors’ return on investment.
We will need to expand our customer base, developing customers operating in the CEA industry, expanding and developing our products and services for these potential customers and increasing our marketing and achieving timely contract execution.

Due to supply disruptions and competing demand for products, we continue to experience supply issues similar to other members of our industry. International trade disputes, tariffs, international shipping and domestic trucking issues all contribute to the challenges we face in obtaining the products we need for contract performance. We have experienced and may continue to experience inflationary effects on the cost of products, which may adversely affect our margins. The failure to procure the products we need to satisfy our customer contracts would disrupt our business, harm our reputation, result in losses and potently cause us to lose our market.
We rely on third party manufacturers to supply the equipment we sell or lease. If the equipment does not perform to specifications or to our customers’ satisfaction, there may be an adverse impact on our business and our revenues.
The build side of the CEA industry is very competitive. To be able to compete successfully, we will need to offer a wide range of products, have adequate capital for expansion, supply and execution, and develop robust marketing.
As we expand, we will need to attract top quality talent. We are dependent on certain key sales, managerial and executive personnel for our current and future success.
Cannabis remains illegal under federal law, and therefore, strict enforcement of federal laws regarding cannabis, particularly against our customers, would likely result in our inability to execute our business plan. We are subject to a number of laws focused on businesses that are peripheral to the cannabis industry. Variations in state and local regulation and enforcement in states that have legalized cannabis may impose certain restrictions on cannabis-related activities that may adversely impact our business. Public opinion against cannabis may have an adverse impact on our business.
Public market trading of our common stock was infrequent on the OTCQB Marketplace. Effective February 10, 2022, trading commenced in the Company’s common stock and certain of the Company’s warrants on NASDAQ. There is no assurance that we will have an active trading market for our securities listed on NASDAQ. If there is a market, the prices of our publicly traded securities may be volatile, and the price may decrease substantially. We do not intend on paying dividends.

19

Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our revenues have been limited, and we will need to obtain financing for future growth, and possibly our operations, which may not be available to us and could dilute the ownership of current shareholders.us.

Historically, we have raised equity and debt capital to support our operations. We anticipate we will require additional cash resources to finance our growth or other future developments, including the launch of any new products and services and any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue.raised approximately $22 million from a public offering completed in February 2022. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had a working capital deficit of approximately $2,220,000$415,000 and our cash balance was $2,285,000. We are likely$2,160,000. As of March 15, 2022, with the proceeds of our public offering of shares and warrants completed in February 2022, we had a cash balance of approximately $21 million, which we believe will fund our operations and growth plans for a period beyond the next 12 months. Notwithstanding the recent capital raise, we expect to need additional funds in the longer term, from time to time, to complete furtheraspects of the overall development of our business plan, to achieve a sustainable sales level where ongoing operations can be funded from operations. We currently have one debt obligation, a loan from our banksuch as in connection with the acquisition of $514,200 provided in February of 2021, which we expect will be forgiven in full. We will likely need to raise debt or equity financing in the future in order to continue our operations and achieve our growth targets. However, there can be no assurance that such financing will be available in sufficient amounts and on acceptable terms, when and if needed, or at all.strategic assets. The precise amount and timing of our funding needs cannot be determined accurately at this time, and will depend on a number of factors, including market demand for our products and services, the success of our product development efforts, the timing of receipts for customer payments, the management of working capital, and the continuation of normal payment terms and conditions for our purchase of goods and services. The continuation of normal payment terms and conditions with our customers and suppliers, including our ability to obtain advance payments from our customers, significantly impacts our ability to fund our ongoing operations. We believe

Any future equity offering will result in dilution to our cash balances and cash flow from operations willshareholders; obtaining borrowed capital may not be insufficient to fund our operations and growthpossible for the next 12 months.us.

To the extent that we raise additional equity capital,and equity linked securities in any future offerings, our existing shareholders will experience a dilution in the voting power and ownership of their common stock, and our earnings per share, if any, would be negatively impacted. Our inability to use our equity securities to finance our operations could materially limit our growth. Any borrowings made to finance operations, which are difficult to obtain from most traditional banks due to the federal laws prohibiting cannabis, use, could make us more vulnerable to a downturn in our operating results, a downturn in economic conditions, or increases in interest rates on borrowings that are subject to interest rate fluctuations. The amount and timing of such additional financing needs will vary principally depending on the timing of new product launches, investments and/or acquisitions, and the amount of cash flow from our operations. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to issue additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, the Company’s operations and financial results.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significant economic uncertainty and disruption. The extent to which our business and financial results are impacted will depend on numerous evolving factors which are uncertain and cannot be predicted, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business and individuals’ actions taken in response; the effect on our customers and customers’ demand for our services and products; the effect on our suppliers and disruptions to the global supply chain; our ability to sell and manufacture our products; disruptions to our operations resulting from the illness of any of our employees; restrictions or disruptions to transportation, including reduced availability of ground or air transport; the ability of our customers to pay for our services and products; and any closures of our facilities, our suppliers’ facilities, and our customers’ facilities. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have resulted and will result in additional expenses and lost or delayed revenue. We have been experiencing disruptions to our business as we implement modifications to travel, work locations and cancellation of events, among other modifications. In addition, the change in macroeconomic conditions may impact the proper functioning of financial and capital markets, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity and energy prices, and interest rates. All of the factors mentioned above are also expected to have an inflationary pressure on our cost of goods. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, we may continue to experience adverse impacts to our business and financial results due to any economic recession or depression that occurs, and due to any major public health crises, that may occur in the future.

20

Although our current accounting estimates contemplate current and expected future conditions, as applicable, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could differ from our expectations, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial position. In particular, a number of estimates have been and will continue to be affected by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The severity, magnitude and duration, as well as the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, are uncertain, rapidly changing and difficult to predict. As a result, our accounting estimates and assumptions may change over time in response to COVID-19. Such changes could result in future impairments of goodwill, intangible assets, long-lived assets, incremental credit losses on accounts receivable, or excess and obsolete inventory. Any of these events could amplify the other risks and uncertainties described in in this Annual Report and could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.There

We have determined that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on raising additional capital to fund our operations and ultimately on generating future profits. Our independent registered public accounting firm has also included a “going concern” explanatory paragraph in its opinion on our financial statements, expressing substantial doubt that we can continue as an ongoing business for the next 12 months. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If we are unable to successfully raise the capital we need, we may need to and believe we can reduce the scope of our business to fully satisfy our future short-term liquidity requirements. If we cannot raise additional capital or reduce the scope of our business, we may be otherwise unable to achieve our goals or continue our operations. While we believe that we will be able to raise the capital we need to continue our operations, there can be no assurances that we will be successful in these efforts or will be able to resolve our liquidity issues or eliminate our operating losses.

Even if we obtain more customers, there is no assurance that we will be able to convert our backlog into revenue or make a profit.

We may be unable to convert the full contract value of our backlog in a timely manner, or at all. We inconsistently convert our backlog into revenue on a quarter-to-quarter basis. The performance of our obligations under a sales contract, and the timing of our revenue recognition, is dependent upon our customers’ ability to secure funding and real estate, obtain a license and then build their cultivation facility so they can use our services and take possession of the equipment.equipment we provide. Our sales contracts currently are not time specific as to when our customers are required to take delivery of our services and equipment. More recently, we determined that some of our new construction facility projects are becoming larger and more complex and, as a result, delays were more likely due to licensing and permitting, lack of, or delay in, funding, staged facility construction, and/or the shifting priorities of certain customers with multiple facility projects in progress at one time. Even if we obtain more customers, or increase the average size of our projects, there is no guarantee that we will be able to generate a profit. Because we are a small company with limited capital, limited products and services, and limited marketing activities, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to operate profitably. If we cannot operate profitably, we may have to suspend or cease operations.

We may extend credit to our customers in the future and, if we are unable to collect these accounts receivable, our future profitability could be adversely impacted.

Historically, we had little exposure to the collection risk on accounts receivable since we typically received payments from our customers in advance of our performance of services or delivery of equipment. However, in certain situations, especially as we expand our products and services offering for a customer’s entire facility lifecycle, we may extend credit to our customers, in which case we are at risk for the collection of account receivables. Accordingly, we will be at greater risk for the collection of account receivables. OurAny customer credit arrangements are negotiated and may not protect us if a customer develops operational difficulty or incurs operating losses which could lead to a bankruptcy. In these cases, we may lose most of the outstanding balance due. In addition, we are typically not able to insure our accounts receivables. The risk is that we derive our revenue and profits from selling products and services to the emerging cannabis industry. The failure of our customers to pay inthe full amounts due to us could negatively affect future profitability.

21

Because we currently do not maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our common stock may, therefore, be adversely impacted.

Our reporting obligations as a public company place a significant strainrequirements on our management, operational and financial resources, and systems, and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. Annually, we are required to prepare a management report on our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is currently not effective and shall report such in management’s report in this annual report on Form 10-K.effective. In the event that our status with the SECU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) changes to that of an accelerated filer from a smaller reporting company, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to and report on our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Under such circumstances, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may still decline to attest to our management’s assessment, or may issue a report that is qualified, if it is not satisfied with our controls, or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we do not remediate the material weakness or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

We currently do not maintain effective controls over certain aspects of the financial reporting process because: (i) we lack a sufficient complement of personnel with a level of accounting expertise and an adequate supervisory review structure that is commensurate with our financial reporting requirements, (ii) there is inadequate segregation of duties due to the limitation on the number of our accounting personnel, and (iii) we have insufficient controls and processes in place to adequately verify the accuracy and completeness of spreadsheets that we use for a variety of purposes including revenue, taxes, stock-based compensation and other areas, and place significant reliance on, for our financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or a combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If we are unable to achieve effective internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we continue to have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our shares could decline, and our reputation may be damaged.

Our inability to effectively manage our growth could harm our business and materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our strategy envisions growing our business and expanding within the CEA industry. We plan to expand our product, sales, administrative and marketing operations. Any growth in or expansion of our business is likely to continue to place a strain on our management and administrative resources, infrastructure and systems. As with other growing businesses, we expect that we will need to further refine and expand our business development capabilities, our systems and processes and our access to financing sources. We also will need to hire, train, supervise, and manage new employees. These processes are time consuming and expensive, will increase management responsibilities and will divert management attention. We cannot assure that we will be able to:

execute on our business plan and strategy;

22
 

expand our products effectively or efficiently or in a timely manner;
allocate our human resources optimally;
meet our capital needs;
identify and hire qualified employees or retain valued employees; or
effectively incorporate the components of any business or product line that we may acquire in our effort to achieve growth.

Our inability or failure to manage our growth and expansion effectively could harm our business and materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly based on customer acceptance of our services and products, industry uncertainty, project financing concerns, and the licensing and qualification of our prospective customers. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are unlikely to provide a good indication of our future performance.

Management expects that, under typical operating conditions, we will experience substantial variations in our revenues and operating results from quarter to quarter. Our revenue recognition is dependent upon shipment of the equipment portions of our sales contracts, which, in many cases, may be delayed while our customers complete permitting, prepare their facilities for equipment installation or obtain project financing. Industry uncertainty, project financing concerns, and the licensing and qualification of our prospective customers, which are out of our control, make it difficult for us to predict when we will recognize revenue. If customers are unable to obtain licensing, permitting or financing, our sales and revenue will decline, resulting in a reduction in our operating income or possible increase in losses. Also, because of the coronavirus responses and our own cost savings actions, we cannot predict the course of our revenues and operating results with accuracy at this time.

Our business is focused on providing engineering design, and equipment integration into CEA facilities. We believeTo date, the majority of our revenues in the periods covered by this report have been generated from clients that operate in the legal cannabis industry in the United States and Canada.

Although we are implementing a plan to broaden our market reach beyond the legal cannabis industry and we are placingpursuing sales efforts on expansionto expand into the rapidly growing non-cannabis CEA vertical farming segment, we continue to provide the majority of our facility engineering design and equipment integration and solutions to facilities in the legal cannabis industry.

Now that the non-cannabis CEA segment is gaining strong momentum in the agricultural industry, and since almost all of the equipment systems that we sell originate in the general horticulture industry and are agnostic to the crop grown in a facility, we believe that the proportion of non-cannabis revenues will increase over time, commensurate with our sales efforts and success. Notwithstanding our expansion plans, a decrease in demand in the legal cannabis industry could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and the success of our business.

The cannabis industry has been an emerging industry over the last several years, and cannabis has only been legalized in some states and remains illegal in other states and under U.S. federal law, making it difficult to accurately forecast the demand for our engineering and product solutions in this specific industry. Losing clients from the cannabis industry may have a material adverse effect on our revenues and the success of our business.

The cannabis industry is still in its early stages of development in the United States and has only been legalized in somewhile the vast majority of U.S. states now have legal cannabis and it remains illegal in other states and under U.S. federal law, making it difficult to accurately predict and forecast the demand for our engineering and product solutions. If the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) did take action against the cannabis industry, we believe those of our clients operating in the legal cannabis industry would be lost to us.

23

In our operations, we rely heavily upon the various U.S. federal governmental memos issued in the past, including the memorandum issued by the DOJ on October 19, 2009, known as the “Ogden Memorandum”, the memorandum issued by the DOJ on August 29, 2013, known as the “Cole Memorandum” and other guidance, in the attempt to keep our operations acceptable to those state and federal entities that regulate, enforce, or choose to defer enforcement of certain current regulations regarding cannabis. By doing this, we seek to avoid the many possible consequences of providing grow equipment to the cannabis industry as our customers continue to comply with their state and local jurisdictional laws, rules and regulations and the interpretations of relevant authorities.

The legal cannabis industry is not yet well-developed, and many aspects of this industry’s development and evolution cannot be accurately predicted, and therefore, the loss of any of our current clients or our inability to capture new client contracts may have a material adverse effect on our business. While we have attempted to identify our business risks in the legal cannabis industry, you should carefully consider that there are other risks that cannot be foreseen or are not described in this prospectus,report, which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial performance.

There is heightened scrutiny by Canadian regulatory authorities related to the cannabis industry.

We seek grower customers in the CEA Canadian market, some of which are cannabis growers. Therefore, our existing and future operations may become the subject of heightened scrutiny by those regulators and other authorities in Canada that oversee the cannabis industry. As a result, we may become subject to direct and indirect interaction with public officials in one or both the United States and Canada. No assurance can be provided that any heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of restrictions on our ability to operate in the United States or Canada, in addition to those described herein.

If we do not successfully develop additional products and services, or if suchthose products and services are developed but not successfully commercialized, we could lose revenue opportunities.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to expand our product and service offerings. We are currently investigating a number of new and improved product opportunities, and we intend to collaborate with manufacturing partners to optimize these products for the cannabisCEA (including cannabis) market. The processes of identifying and commercializing new products is complex and uncertain, and if we fail to accurately predict customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends our business could be harmed. We have already and may have to continue to commit significant resources to commercializing new products before knowing whether our investments will result in products the market will accept. We may be unable to differentiate our new products from those of our competitors, and our new products may not be accepted by the market. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify additional new product opportunities, develop and bring new products to market in a timely manner, or achieve market acceptance of our products or that products and technologies developed by others will not render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. Furthermore, we may not execute successfully on commercializing those products because of errors in product planning or timing, technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion, or a lack of appropriate resources. This could result in competitors providing those solutions before we do and a reduction in revenue and earnings.

Our future success depends on our ability to grow and expand our customer base. Our failure to achieve such growth or expansion could materially harm our business.

Our success and the planned growth and expansion of our business depend on us achieving greater and broader acceptance of our products and services and expanding our commercial customer base. There can be no assurance our sales efforts will be successful. There can be no assurance that customers will purchase our services or products or that we will continue to expand our customer base. If we are unable to effectively market or expand our product and service offerings, we will be unable to grow and expand our business or implement our business strategy. This could materially impair our ability to increase sales and revenue, and materially and adversely affect our margins, which could harm our business and cause our stock price to decline.

24

Our suppliers could fail to fulfill our orders for parts used to assemble our products, which would disrupt our business, increase our costs, harm our reputation, and potentially cause us to lose our market.

We depend on third party suppliers around the world, including those in The People’s Republic of China, for materials used to assemble our products. TheseAny of these suppliers could fail to produce products to our specifications or in a workmanlike manner and may not deliver the material or products on a timely basis. Our suppliers may also have to obtain inventories of the necessary parts and tools for production. Any change in our suppliers’ approach to resolving production issues could disrupt our ability to fulfill orders and could also disrupt our business due to delays in finding new suppliers, providing specifications and testing initial production.

Our suppliers could experience uncontrollable delays in delivering our products.

We have experienced some unexpected and uncontrollable delays with our international supply of products and shipments from vendors due to a significant increase in shipments to U.S. ports, less cargo being shipped by air, unavailability of truckers and a general shortage of containers. We expect this to continue for some time. These disruptions are also causing price increases, which may become an inflationary force in the marketplace.

Equipment failures or poor performance may negatively impact our business.

We rely on third party manufacturers for equipment which we sell or lease. From time to time, such equipment may not perform to specifications or to our customers’ satisfaction. Such equipment deficiencies may lead to down time impacting our revenue. Further, frequent downtime at customers’ sites due to equipment failures may result in such customers generating less revenue and increasing credit default risk. In addition, these failures may also result in additional time spent by our personnel, decreasing profit margins on certain ancillary services.

International trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could adversely affect the Company’s business.

Tariffs could increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials that go into making them. These increased costs could adversely impact the gross margin that we earn on sales of our products. Tariffs could also make our products more expensive for customers, which could make our products less competitive and reduce customer demand. Countries may also adopt other protectionist measures that could limit our ability to offer our products and services.

Our inability to effectively protect our intellectual property would adversely affect our ability to compete effectively, our revenue, our financial condition, and our results of operations.

We may be unable to obtain intellectual property rights to effectively protect our branding, products, and other intangible assets. Our ability to compete effectively may be affected by the nature and breadth of our intellectual property rights. While we intend to defend against any threats to our intellectual property rights, there can be no assurance that any such actions will adequately protect our interests. If we are unable to secure intellectual property rights to effectively protect our branding, products, and other intangible assets, our revenue and earnings, financial condition, or results of operations could be adversely affected.

We also rely on non-disclosure and non-competition agreements to protect portions of our intellectual property portfolio. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or proprietary knowledge, or that third parties will not independently develop competitive products with similar intellectual property.

We may become subject to additional regulation of CEA facilities.

Our engineering and design services and solutions are focused on CEA facilities that are able to grow a wide variety of crops such as leafy greens (kale, Swiss chard, mustard, cress), microgreens (leafy greens harvested at the first true leaf stage), ethnic vegetables and small fruits (such as strawberries, blackberries and raspberries), bell peppers, cucumbers, and tomatoes. Some of these crops and their growing methodologies are subject to regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration, environmental agencies, public utility agencies and other federal, state or foreign agencies. Changes to any regulations and laws that complicate the design and engineering of a subject CEA facility, such as waste water treatment and electricity-related mandates, make it possible that potential related zoning and enforcement could decrease the demand for our services, and in turn negatively impact our revenues and business opportunities.

25

The CEA industry is highly competitive, and we have less capital and resources than many of our competitors, which may give them an advantage in developing and marketing services and products similar to ours or make our services and products obsolete.

There are many competitors in the CEA industry, including some companies that focus on the cannabis industry. These companies generally offer products and services similar or the same as those offered by us. There can be no guarantees that in the future other companies will not enter this arena by developing products that are in direct competition with us or even superior in quality or price. The barriers to entry into the CEA industry are not overly significant. Over time we anticipate growth in our competition. Some of our current and future competition may have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger client bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources. One or more of these qualities may allow them to respond more quickly than us to market opportunities. They may be able to devote greater resources to the marketing, promotion and sale of their products and/or services. Competitors may also adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to clients, employees, strategic partners, distribution channels and advertisers. Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and a potential loss of market share.

While we believe we are better positioned to meet the exacting demands of a cannabiscontrolled cultivation environment through precise temperature, humidity, light, and process controls and to satisfy the evolving code and regulatory requirements being imposed at the state and local levels, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete against these other contractors and suppliers.

We will be required to attract and retain top quality talent to compete in the marketplace.

We believe our future growth and success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, product development, sales and marketing, and finance personnel. Our ability to attract and retain personnel with the requisite credentials, experience and skills will depend on several factors including, but not limited to, our ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. There can be no assurance of success in attracting and retaining such personnel. Shortages in qualified personnel could limit our ability to increase sales of existing products and services and launch new product and service offerings.

We are dependent upon certain key sales, managerial and executive personnel for our future success. If we lose any of our key personnel, our ability to implement our business strategy could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the industry knowledge, technical and financial skill, and network of business contacts of certain key employees. Our future success will depend on the continued service of these key employees or our ability to engage others who are similarly situated in the industry. While we may have employment agreements with certain of these key employees, they are free to terminate their employment with us at any time, although they may be subject to certain restrictive covenants on their post-termination activities. We do not carry key-man life insurance on the lives of our key employees. The departure of any one of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our business objective and maintain the specialized services that we offer our customers.

System security risks, data protection breaches, cyber-attacks and systems integration issues could disrupt our internal operations or services provided to customers, and any such disruption could reduce our expected revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.

Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that attack or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of the products that we may sell in the future, especially our recently launched SentryIQ® sensors, controls and automation platform. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our engineering, sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.

26

Portions of our IT infrastructure may also experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with systems integration or migration work that takes place from time to time. We may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data, which could cause business disruptions and be more expensive, time consuming, disruptive and resource intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and interrupt other processes. Delayed sales, lower profits, or lost customers resulting from these disruptions could adversely affect our financial results, stock price and reputation.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a public company, which will make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability.

As a public company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules implemented by the SEC. These costs will make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and related pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide variety of matters that are relevant to our business, such as, but not limited to, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, trade promotions, and income taxes are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes to these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported results.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company has U.S. federal and state net operating losses (“NOLs”) of approximately $19,322,000,$21,091,000, of which $11,196,261$11,196,000 will expire, if not utilized, in the years 2034 through 2037, however,2037. However, the balance of $9,895,000 NOLs generated subsequent to December 31, 2017, do not expire but may only be used against taxable income to 80%. In response to the novel coronavirus COVID-19, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act temporarily repealed the 80% limitation for NOLs arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020. It is uncertain if andA number of states in which we operate have not conformed to what extent various states will conform to thethis newly enacted federal tax law. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have experienced ownership changes in the past and we may experience additional ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. Our September 2021 and February 2022 securities sales also will have to be taken into account for determination of any “ownership change” that we have undergone during a determination period. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future bottom-line operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

 

Risks RelatedWe may not be able to successfully identify, consummate or integrate acquisitions or to successfully manage the Cannabis Industryimpacts of such transactions on our operations.

U.S. federal laws, regulationsPart of our business strategy includes pursuing synergistic acquisitions. We have expanded, and enforcement may adversely affect the implementation of stateplan to continue to expand, our business by making strategic alliances and local cannabis lawsacquisitions and regulationsregularly seeking suitable working partners and correspondingly, may adversely impactacquisition targets to enhance our customers. Such impact may negatively affect our revenuegrowth. Material acquisitions and profits, or we may be found to be in violation of the Controlled Substances Act or other U.S. federal, state or local laws.

Currently, a majority of the states and the District of Columbia permit some form of whole-plant cannabis use and cultivation either for medical or recreational use. There are efforts in other states to begin permitting cannabis use and/or cultivation in various contexts, and there arestrategic transactions involve a number of states actively considering bills to permit recreational use. Nevertheless,risks, including: (i) the U.S. federal law continues to prohibit cannabis in all its forms as well as its derivatives. Underpotential disruption of our ongoing business; (ii) the federal Controlled Substances Act (the “CSA”), the policy and regulationsdistraction of the U.S. federal government and its agencies is that marihuana (cannabis), or its more commonly spelled name marijuana, has no currently accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse, and a range of activities, including cultivation and use of marijuana, is prohibited.

In December of 2018, the Agricultural Improvement Act of 2018 (the “2018 Farm Act”) was enacted into law which included an amendment to wholly remove “hemp”management away from the CSAongoing oversight of our existing business activities; (iii) incurring additional indebtedness; (iv) the anticipated benefits and defined “hemp” ascost savings of those transactions not being realized fully, or at all, parts of a cannabis plant containing lessor taking longer to realize than 0.3% of tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) thereby excluding hemp and its derivatives, including hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) oil, as a “controlled substance.” Under the 2018 Farm Act, the cultivation of hemp is no longer prohibited under federal law. Further, although hemp-derived CBD is now federally legal under the 2018 Farm Act, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has regulatory oversight on the use of hemp-derived CBD in food, beverage and dietary products as well as any medical or therapeutic claims related thereto. Cannabis-derived CBD oil remains federally illegalanticipated; (v) an increase in the U.S. However, state laws vary onscope and complexity of our operations; and (vi) the permitted sale and useloss or reduction of both hemp-and cannabis-derived CBD oil.control over certain of our assets.

In January 2021, the U.S. Department of Agriculture adopted a Final Rule addressing hemp producer licensing, recordkeeping, procedures for sampling and testing THC concentrations and harvesting procedures. The Rule was set to become effective on March 22, 2021. However, on January 20, 2021, the new administration instituted a regulatory freeze pending review for published rules that are not yet effective. The final rule requires all laboratories testing for THC concentration to be registered with the Drug Enforcement Agency.

Until Congress amends the CSA or the executive branch de-schedules or reschedules marijuana under it, there is a risk that federal authorities may enforce current federal law. Enforcement of the CSA by federal authorities could impair our revenue and earnings, and it could even force us to cease operating entirely in the cannabis industry. The risk of strict federal enforcement of the CSA in light of congressional activity, judicial holdings and stated federal policy, including enforcement priorities, remains uncertain.

In an effort to provide guidance to federal law enforcement, the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) issued Guidance Regarding Marijuana Enforcement to all United States Attorneys in a memorandum from Deputy Attorney General David Ogden on October 19, 2009, in a memorandum from Deputy Attorney General James Cole on June 29, 2011 and in a memorandum from Deputy Attorney General James Cole on August 29, 2013 (the “Cole Memo”). The Cole Memo also provided guidance to federal prosecutors concerning cannabis enforcement in light of state laws legalizing medical and recreational cannabis possession in small amounts. Each memorandum provided that the DOJ was committed to enforcement of the CSA, but the DOJ was also committed to using its limited investigative and prosecutorial resources to address the most significant threats in the most effective, consistent and rational way.

The Cole Memo sets forth certain enforcement priorities that are important to the federal government:

Distribution of marijuana to children;
Revenue from the sale of marijuana going to criminals;
Diversion of medical marijuana from states where it is legal under state law to states where it is not;
Using state-authorized marijuana activity as a pretext for other illegal drug activity;
Violence in the cultivation and distribution of marijuana;
Drugged driving and other adverse public health consequences;
Growing marijuana on public lands; and
Possession or use of marijuana on federal property.

On January 4, 2018, the Cole Memo was rescinded by Attorney General Jeff Sessions (the “Sessions Memo”). The effect of rescinding the Cole Memo guidance is that U.S. Attorneys now have greater discretion to prosecute CSA violations with respect to individuals and companies that are otherwise complying with state law and the tenets previously set forth in the Cole Memo. The DOJ has not historically devoted resources to prosecuting individuals whose conduct is limited to possession of small amounts of cannabis for use on private property but relied on state and local law enforcement to address that form of cannabis activity. In the event the DOJ goes beyond the objectives of the Cole Memo guidance and begins strict enforcement of the CSA in states that have laws legalizing medical and recreational cannabis in small amounts, there may be a direct and adverse impact to our revenue and earnings, and it could even force us to cease operating entirely in the cannabis industry.

In 2014, the U.S. House of Representatives passed an amendment (the “Rohrabacher-Farr Amendment”) to the Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Appropriations Bill, which funds the DOJ. The Rohrabacher-Farr Amendment prohibits the DOJ from using federally appropriated funds to prevent states with medical cannabis laws from implementing such laws by investigating and prosecuting individuals or businesses operating in accordance with applicable state laws. In August 2016, a Ninth Circuit federal appeals court ruled in United States v. McIntosh that the Rohrabacher-Farr Amendment bars the DOJ from spending funds on the prosecution of conduct that is allowed by state medical cannabis laws, provided that such conduct is in strict compliance with applicable state law. In March 2015, bipartisan legislation titled the Compassionate Access, Research Expansion, and Respect States Act (the “CARERS Act”) was introduced, proposing to allow states to regulate the medical use of cannabis by changing applicable federal law, including reclassifying cannabis under the CSA to a Schedule II controlled substance and thereby changing the plant from a federally-criminalized substance to one that has recognized medical uses.

Although these developments have been met with a certain amount of optimism in the scientific community, the CARERS Act has not yet been adopted, and the Rohrabacher-Farr Amendment, as an amendment to an appropriations bill, must be renewed annually on a bipartisan basis in order to remain in effect. The Rohrabacher-Farr Amendment has been renamed the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment through the amendment language, but the intent remains the same. The currently enacted Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Act, which includes the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment, is effective, by passage of continuing resolutions, through September 30, 2021. Following the Sessions Memo, however, the federal government could at any time change its enforcement priorities against the cannabis industry. Any change in enforcement priorities could render our operations unprofitable or even prohibit such operations.

The former Obama administration effectively stated that it is not an efficient use of resources to direct federal law enforcement agencies to prosecute those lawfully abiding by state-designated laws allowing the use and distribution of medical marijuana. However, as discussed above, the Sessions Memo rescinded the Cole Memo enforcement guidance. Any further change in enforcement policy and a decision to enforce the federal laws more aggressively could cause significant financial damage to us and our shareholders and could adversely affect our ability to obtain equity or debt financing, or even prohibit our operating in the cannabis industry entirely.

In June 2018, the Strengthening the Tenth Amendment Through Entrusting States (the “STATES Act”) was introduced that would recognize legalization of cannabis and the U.S. state laws that have legalized it through their legislatures or citizen initiatives. The STATES Act, if enacted into law, would amend the CSA to exempt from federal enforcement individuals or corporations in states who are in compliance with U.S. state, U.S. territory and the District of Columbia, or tribal law on cannabis, with certain additional provisions such as minimum ages.

We have not requested or obtained any opinion of counsel or ruling from any authority to determine if our operations are in compliance with or violate any state or federal laws or whether we are assisting others to violate a state or federal law. In the event that our operations are deemed to violate any laws or if we are deemed to be assisting others to violate a state or federal law, we could have liability that could cause us to modify or cease our operations.

2627
 

The pursuit of acquisitions may pose certain risks to us. We may not be able to identify acquisition candidates that fit our criteria for growth and profitability. Even if we are able to identify such candidates, we may not be able to acquire them on terms or financing satisfactory to us. We will incur expenses and dedicate attention and resources associated with the review of acquisition opportunities, whether or not we consummate such acquisitions.

Risks Related to the Cannabis Industry

Cannabis remains illegal under federal law, and therefore, strict enforcement of federal laws regarding cannabis, particularly against our customers, would likely result in our inability to execute our business plan.

All but three U.S. states have legalized, to some extent, cannabis for medical purposes. Thirty-eight states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam have legalized some form of whole-plant cannabis cultivation, sales and use for certain medical purposes (medical states). Nineteen of those states and the District of Columbia and Northern Mariana have also legalized cannabis for adults for non-medical purposes (sometimes referred to as adult use). Ten additional states have legalized low-tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”)/high-CBD extracts for select medical conditions (CBD states).

Under U.S. federal law, however, those activities are illegal. Cannabis, other than hemp (defined by the U.S. government as Cannabis sativa L. with a THC concentration of not more than 0.3% on a dry weight basis), is a Schedule I controlled substance under the U.S. Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. § 801, et seq.) (the “CSA”). Even in states or territories that have legalized cannabis to some extent, the cultivation, possession, and sale of cannabis all violate the CSA and are punishable by imprisonment, substantial fines and forfeiture. Moreover, individuals and entities may violate federal law if they aid and abet another in violating the CSA, or conspire with another to violate the law, and violating the CSA is a predicate for certain other crimes, including money laundering laws and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled that the federal government has the authority to regulate and criminalize the sale, possession and use of cannabis, even for individual medical purposes, regardless of whether it is legal under state law. For over six years, however, the U.S. government has not enforced those laws against companies complying with state cannabis law and their vendors.

The likelihood of any future adverse enforcement against companies complying with state cannabis laws remains uncertain. In 2018, then-U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions rescinded the DOJ’s previous guidance (the Cole Memo) that had given federal prosecutors discretion not to enforce federal law in states that legalized cannabis, as long as the state’s legal regime adequately addressed specified federal priorities. The Sessions Memo, which remains in effect, states that each U.S. Attorney’s Office should follow established principles that govern all federal prosecutions when deciding which cannabis activities to prosecute. As a result, federal prosecutors could and still can use their prosecutorial discretion to decide to prosecute even state-legal cannabis activities. Since the Sessions Memo was issued nearly three years ago, however, U.S. Attorneys have not targeted state law compliant entities. The policy of not prosecuting companies complying with state cannabis laws is likely to continue under current U.S. Attorney General Merrick Garland. At his confirmation hearing, Attorney General Garland stated that he did not see enforcement of federal cannabis law as a high priority use of resources for the DOJ:

“This is a question of the prioritization of our resources and prosecutorial discretion. It does not seem to me a useful use of limited resources that we have, to be pursuing prosecutions in states that have legalized and that are regulating the use of marijuana, either medically or otherwise. I don’t think that’s a useful use. I do think we need to be sure there are no end-runs around the state laws that criminal enterprises are doing. So that kind of enforcement should be continued. But I don’t think it’s a good use of our resources, where states have already authorized. That only confuses people, obviously, within the state.”

Additionally, since 2014, versions of the U.S. omnibus spending bill have included a provision prohibiting the DOJ, which includes the Drug Enforcement Administration, from using appropriated funds to prevent states from implementing their medical-use cannabis laws. In USA vs. McIntosh, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit held that the provision prohibits the DOJ from spending funds to prosecute individuals who engage in conduct permitted by state medical-use cannabis laws and who strictly comply with such laws. The court noted that, if the spending bill provision were not continued, prosecutors could enforce against conduct occurring during the statute of limitations even while the provision was previously in force. Other courts that have considered the issue have ruled similarly, although courts disagree about which party bears the burden of proof of showing compliance or noncompliance with state law.

28

While the omnibus spending bill affords some protection to medical cannabis businesses, our policies do not prohibit our state-licensed cannabis customers from engaging in the cannabis business for adult use that is permissible under state and local laws. Consequently, certain of our customers currently (and may in the future) sell adult-use cannabis, if permitted by such state and local laws now or in the future, and therefore may be outside any protections extended to medical-use cannabis under the spending bill provision. This could subject our customers to greater and/or different federal legal and other risks as compared to businesses where cannabis is sold exclusively for medical use, which could in turn materially adversely affect our business. Furthermore, any change in the federal government’s enforcement posture with respect to state-licensed cannabis sales, including the enforcement postures of individual federal prosecutors in judicial districts where we operate, would result in our inability to execute our business plan, and we would likely suffer significant losses with respect to our customer base, which would adversely affect our operations, cash flow and financial condition.

While President Biden’s campaign position on cannabis falls short of full legalization, he campaigned on a platform of relaxing enforcement of cannabis proscriptions, including decriminalization generally. According to the Biden campaign website, it was stated: “A Biden Administration will support the legalization of cannabis for medical purposes and reschedule cannabis as a CSA Schedule II drug so researchers can study its positive and negative impacts. This will include allowing the VA to research the use of medical cannabis to treat veteran-specific health needs.” He pledged to “decriminalize” cannabis, which could prompt his U.S. Attorney General to issue policy guidance to U.S. Attorneys that they should not enforce federal cannabis prohibition against state law compliant entities and others legally transacting business with them. While President Biden’s promise to decriminalize likely would mean that the federal government would not criminally enforce the Schedule II status against state legal entities and would expand opportunities for cannabis research in the U.S., the implications of the potential re-scheduling are not entirely clear for state legal commercial cannabis operators. Although the U.S. Attorney General could issue policy guidance to federal prosecutors that they should not interfere with cannabis businesses operating in compliance with states’ laws, any such guidance would not have the force of law. The President alone cannot legalize medical cannabis, and as states have demonstrated, legalizing medical cannabis can take many different forms. While rescheduling cannabis to the CSA’s Schedule II would ease certain research restrictions, it would not make the state medical or adult-use programs federally legal.

Furthermore, while industry observers are hopeful that a Democrat-controlled Senate, along with a Biden presidency, will increase the chances of federal cannabis policy reform, such as the Marijuana Opportunity Reinvestment and Expungement Act (or MORE Act), which was originally co-sponsored by now Vice President Harris in the Senate, or banking reform, such as the SAFE Banking Act, which passed the House of Representatives but has not yet passed the Senate, we cannot provide assurances about the content, timing or chances of passage of a bill legalizing cannabis and the related aspects of the cannabis business. Accordingly, we cannot predict the timing of any change in federal law or possible changes in federal enforcement. In the unlikely event that the federal government were to reverse its long-standing hands-off approach to the state legal cannabis markets and start more broadly enforcing federal law regarding cannabis, we would likely be unable to execute our business plan, and our business and financial results would be adversely affected.

We are and will be subject to applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States and Canada that involve money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crime, including the U.S. Currency and Foreign 125 Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder, and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by governmental authorities in the United States, Canada and internationally. Further, under U.S. federal law, banks or other financial institutions that provide a cannabis business with a checking account, debit or credit card, small business loan, or any other service could be found guilty of money laundering if certain other elements are met.

29

Despite these laws, the FinCEN Memorandum states that in some circumstances, it is permissible for banks to provide services to cannabis-related businesses without risking FinCEN enforcement. It refers to and incorporates supplementary Cole Memo guidance issued to federal prosecutors relating to the prosecution of money laundering offenses predicated on cannabis-related violations of the CSA on the same day.

Notwithstanding former Attorney General Sessions’ revocation of the Cole Memo, the status of the FinCEN Memorandum has not been affected, nor has the Department of the Treasury given any indication that it intends to rescind the FinCEN Memorandum itself. Though it was originally intended for the Cole Memo and the FinCEN Memorandum to work in tandem, the FinCEN Memorandum appears to remain in effect as a standalone document which explicitly lists the eight enforcement priorities originally cited in the rescinded Cole Memo. Although the FinCEN Memorandum remains intact, indicating that the Department of the Treasury and FinCEN intend to continue abiding by its guidance, it is unclear whether the current administration will continue to follow the guidelines of the FinCEN Memorandum.

We face risks related to civil asset forfeiture due to the regulatory environment of the cannabis industry in the United States.

Because the cannabis industry remains illegal under U.S. federal law, any property owned by participants in the cannabis industry, which are either used in the course of conducting such business, or are the proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture. Even if the owner of the property were never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture. As a result, the equipment that we lease to our customers in the United States may be subject to such seizure and forfeiture. Additionally, a broad interpretation of the law could potentially result in the seizure and forfeiture of proceeds we generate.

Public opinion and perception of the cannabis industry may have an adverse effect on our business reputation.

Government policy changes or public opinion may also result in a significant influence over the regulation of the cannabis industry in the United States, Canada, or elsewhere. Public opinion and support for medical and adult-use marijuana has traditionally been inconsistent and varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. While public opinion and support appears to be improving for legalizing medical and adult-use marijuana, it remains a controversial issue subject to differing opinions surrounding the level of legalization (for example, medical marijuana as opposed to legalization in general). A negative shift in the public’s perception of cannabis in the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction could affect future legislation or regulation. Among other things, such a shift could cause state jurisdictions to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical and/or adult-use cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new state jurisdictions into which we could expand. Any inability to fully implement our expansion strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or prospects.

We may have difficulty accessing bankruptcy courts.

Because cannabis is illegal under federal law, federal bankruptcy protection is currently not available to parties who engage in the cannabis industry or cannabis-related businesses. Recent bankruptcy rulings have denied bankruptcies for dispensaries upon the justification that businesses cannot violate federal law and then claim the benefits of federal bankruptcy for the same activity and upon the justification that courts cannot ask a bankruptcy trustee to take possession of and distribute cannabis assets as such action would violate the CSA. Therefore, we may not be able to seek the protection of the bankruptcy courts, and this could materially affect our business or our ability to obtain credit.

30

Our business efforts in Canada present opportunities, but no assurance can be given that our revenues and earnings will be improved on the basis of our addressing the Canadian business.

In addition to U.S. operations, we seek to sell products and services to CEA and cannabis growers in Canada, where medical and recreational cannabis has been legal since 2018 across the country both federally and provincially (subject to certain restrictions relating to CBD). We believe Canada, with its federal legal regime, represents a business opportunity for us, but we have noticed softening demand from Canadian prospects due, in part, to limited capital being available for new facilities and an overbuilding of cultivation capacity following federal legalization. As a result, Canada now appears to be in a period of correction. There can be no assurance that we will be able to make any additional sales of products or services in Canada.

Successful litigation by non-cannabis states affected by cannabis legalization could have significant adverse effects on our business.

Due to variations in state law among states sharing borders, certain states which have not approved any legal sale of cannabis may seek to overturn laws legalizing cannabis use in neighboring states. For example, in December 2014, the attorney general of each of Nebraska and Oklahoma filed a complaint with the U.S. Supreme Court against the state of Colorado arguing that the Supremacy Clause (Article VI of the U.S. Constitution) prohibits Colorado from passing laws that conflict with federal anti-drug laws and that Colorado’s laws are increasing cannabis trafficking in neighboring states that maintain cannabis bans, thereby putting pressure on such neighboring states’ criminal justice systems. In March 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court, voting 6-2, declined to hear this case, but there is no assurance that it will do so in the future. Additionally, nothing prevents states’ attorneys general from using the same or similar cause of action for a lawsuit in a lower federal or other court.

Previously, the U.S. Supreme Court has held that drug prohibition is a valid exercise of federal authority under the commerce clause; however, it has also held that an individual state itself is not required to adopt or enforce federal laws with which it disagrees. If the U.S. Supreme Court rules that a legal cannabis state’s legislation is unconstitutional, that could result in legal action against other states with laws legalizing medical and/or recreational cannabis use. Successful prosecution of such legal actions by non-cannabis states could have significant adverse effects on our business.

Variations in state and local regulation and enforcement in states that have legalized cannabis may impose certain restrictions on cannabis-related activities that may adversely impact our revenue and earnings.

Individual state laws do not always conform to the federal standard or to other states’ laws. A number of states have decriminalized cannabis to varying degrees; other states have created exemptions specifically for medical cannabis, and several have both decriminalization and medical laws. Seventeen states and the District of Columbia have legalized the recreational use of cannabis and various state legislatures are considering recreational in 2021. Variations exist among states that have legalized, decriminalized, or created medical cannabis exemptions.programs. For example, Alaska and Colorado have limits on the number of cannabis plants that can be grown by an individual in the home. In most states, the cultivation of cannabis for personal use continues to be prohibited except by those states that allow small-scale cultivation by the individual in possession of cannabis for medicinal purposes or that person’s caregiver. Active enforcement of state laws that prohibit personal cultivation of cannabis may indirectly and adversely affect our revenue and earnings.

The cannabis industry could face strong opposition from other industries.

We believe that established businesses in other industries may have a strong economic interest in opposing the development of the cannabis industry. Cannabis may be seen by companies in other industries as an attractive alternative to their products, including recreational marijuana as an alternative to alcohol, and medical marijuana as an alternative to various commercial pharmaceuticals. Many industries that could view the emerging cannabis industry as an economic threat are well established, with vast economic and United States federal and state lobbying resources. It is possible that companies within these industries could use their resources to attempt to slow or reverse legislation legalizing cannabis. Any inroads these companies make in halting or impeding legislative initiatives that would be beneficial to the cannabis industry could have a detrimental impact on our clients and, in turn on our operations.

The legality of cannabis uses could be reversed in one or more states.

The voters or legislatures of states in which various marijuana uses have been legalized could potentially repeal applicable laws which permit the operation of both medical and retail marijuana and cannabis related businesses. These actions might force us to cease aspects of our operations in one or more states entirely.

Changing legislation and evolving interpretations of law, which could negatively impact our clients and, in turn, our operations.

Laws and regulations affecting the medical and adult-use marijuana industry are constantly changing, which could detrimentally affect our clients involved in that industry and, in turn, our operations. Local, state and federal cannabis laws and regulations are often broad in scope and subject to constant evolution and inconsistent interpretations, which could require our clients and ourselves to incur substantial costs associated with modification of operations to ensure compliance. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our clients’ business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, it is possible that regulations may be enacted in the future that will limit the amount of cannabis growth or related products that our commercial clients are authorized to produce. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can it determine what effect additional governmental regulations or administrative policies and procedures, when and if promulgated, could have on our operations.

As the possession and use of marijuana is illegal under the CSA, it is possible that our manufacture and sale of equipment that is used to cultivate marijuana may be deemed to be aiding and abetting illegal activities. It is also possible that our products could be considered “drug paraphernalia.”

Federal practices could change with respect to providers of equipment potentially usable by cultivators in the medical and recreational cannabis industry, which could adversely impact us. Cannabis growers use equipment that we offer for sale. While we are not aware of any threatened or current federal or state law enforcement actions against any supplier of equipment that might be used for cannabis growing, law enforcement authorities, in their attempt to regulate the illegal use of cannabis, may seek to bring an action or actions against us, including but not limited to a claim of aiding and abetting, or being an accessory to, another’s criminal activities or that our products are considered “drug paraphernalia.”

The federal aiding and abetting statute, U.S. Code Title 18 Section 2(a), provides that anyone who “commits an offense against the United States or aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces or procures its commission, is punishable as a principal.” Under U.S. Code Title 21 Section 863, the term “drug paraphernalia” means “any equipment, product or material of any kind which is primarily intended or designed for use in manufacturing, compounding, converting, concealing, producing, processing, preparing, injecting, ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing into the human body a controlled substance.” Any drug paraphernalia involved in any violation of Section 863 shall be subject to seizure and forfeiture upon the conviction of a person for such violation. While Section 863(f) contains an exemption for any person authorized by local, state or federal law to manufacture, possess, or distribute such items, any such action may force us to cease operations and our investors could lose their entire investment.

A risk exists that our activities could be deemed to be facilitating the selling or distribution of cannabis in violation of the CSA, or to constitute aiding or abetting, or being an accessory to, a violation of the CSA. There is also a risk that our products could be considered drug paraphernalia and could be subject to seizure. We believe, however, that such risks are relatively low. Federal authorities have not focused their resources on such tangential or secondary violations of the CSA, nor have they threatened to do so, with respect to the sale of equipment that might be used by cannabis cultivators, or with respect to any supplies marketed to participants in the medical and recreational cannabis industry. We are unaware of such a broad application of the CSA or the seizure of drug paraphernalia by federal authorities, and we believe that such an attempted application would be uncustomary.

If the federal government were to change its practices, or were to expend its resources investigating and prosecuting providers of equipment that could be usable by participants in the medical or recreational cannabis industry, such action could have a materially adverse effect on our operations, our customers, or the sales of our products. As a result of such an action, we may be forced to cease operations and our investors could lose their entire investment.

The fact that we provide products and services to companies in the cannabis industry may impact our ability to raise adequate capital for future expansion, which could hinder our growth potential as well as our revenue and earnings.

A very large percentage, if not all, of our customers are operating in an industry that is still illegal under U.S. federal law. With the lingering uncertainty of federal enforcement, many potential investors, especially institutional investors, either refuse to invest in the industry or are very reluctant to make such investments. Our inability to raise adequate capital for future expansion could substantially hinder our growth potential as well as our revenue and earnings.

31

Our success may be dependent on additional states legalizing recreational and/or medical cannabis use.

Continued development of the recreational and medical cannabis markets is dependent upon continued legislative authorization of cannabis at the state level for recreational and/or medical purposes. Any number of factors could slow or halt the progress. Furthermore, progress, while encouraging, is not assured, and the process normally encounters setbacks before achieving success. While there may be ample public support for legislative proposals, key support must be created in the relevant legislative committee, or a bill may never advance to a vote. Numerous factors impact the legislative process. Any one of these factors could slow or halt the progress and adoption of cannabis for recreational and/or medical purposes, which would limit the overall available market for our products and services, which could adversely impact our business, revenue and earnings.

Our customers may have difficulty accessing the service of banks, which may make it difficult for them to purchase our products and services.

As a result of the federal illegality of marijuana, many banks do not provide banking services to the cultivation and distribution segments of the cannabis industry, the argument being that they would be accepting for deposit funds derived from the operation of a federally illegal business. On February 14, 2014, the U.S. Department of the Treasury Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) released guidance to banks “clarifying Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) expectations for financial institutions seeking to provide services to marijuana-related businesses.” In addition, there have been legislative attempts to allow banks to transact business with state-authorized cannabis businesses. While these are positive developments, there can be no assurance that legislation will be successful, or that, even with the FinCEN guidance, banks will decide to do business with cannabis companies, or that, in the absence of actual legislation, state and federal banking regulators will not strictly enforce current prohibitions on banks handling funds generated from an activity that is illegal under federal law. Moreover, the FinCEN guidance may be rescinded or amended at any time in order to reconcile the now conflicting guidance of the Sessions Memo. At present, few banks have taken advantage of the FinCEN guidance, resulting in many cannabis businesses still operating on an all-cash basis. This makes it difficult for cannabis businesses to manage their businesses and pay their employees and taxes, andtaxes; in addition, having so much cash on hand also creates significant public safety issues. Many ancillary businesses that service cannabis businesses have to deal with the unpredictability of their clients or customers not having a bank account. The inability of our customers to open bank accounts and otherwise access the services of banks, including obtaining credit, may make it more difficult and costly for them to operate and more difficult for such customers to purchase our products and services, which could materially harm our business, revenue and earnings.

We are subject to certain federal regulations relating to cash reporting.

The BSA, enforced by FinCEN, requires us to report currency transactions in excess of $10,000, including identification of the customer by name and social security number, to the Internal Revenue Service. This regulation also requires us to report certain suspicious activity, including any transaction that exceeds $5,000 that we know, suspect or have reason to believe involves funds from illegal activity or is designed to evade federal regulations or reporting requirements and to verify sources of funds. Substantial penalties can be imposed against us if we fail to comply with this regulation. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, the imposition of a substantial penalty could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

State and municipal governments in which our customers do business or seek to do business may have or may adopt laws that adversely affect our ability to do business with such customers.

While the federal government has the right to regulate and criminalize cannabis, state and municipal governments may adopt or amend additional laws and regulations that further criminalize or adversely affect cannabis businesses. States that currently have laws that decriminalize or legalize certain aspects of cannabis, such as medical marijuana, could in the future, reverse course and adopt new laws that further criminalize or adversely affect cannabis businesses. Additionally, municipal governments in certain states may have laws that adversely affect cannabis businesses, even though there are no such laws at the state level. For example, municipal governments may have zoning laws that restrict where cannabis operations can be located and the manner and size of which they can expand and operate. These municipal laws, like the federal laws, may adversely affect our customers’ ability to do business. Also, given the complexity and rapid change of the federal, state and local laws pertaining to cannabis, our customers may incur substantial legal costs associated with complying with these laws and in acquiring the necessary state and local licenses required by their business endeavors. All of the foregoing may impact our customers’ ability to purchase our products and services, which may adversely affect our business, revenue and earnings.

32

Most, if not all, of our customers are impacted by Section 280E of the Code, which limits certain expenses marijuana companies can deduct. This negative impact could affect the financial condition of our customers, which in turn may negatively affect the ability of our customers to purchase our products and services.

Section 280E of the Code forbids businesses from deducting otherwise ordinary business expenses from gross income associated with the “trafficking” of Schedule I or II substances, as defined by the CSA. The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has subsequently applied Section 280E to state-legal cannabis businesses since marijuana is still a Schedule I substance. Section 280E states that no deductions should be allowed on any amount “in carrying on any trade or business if such trade or business consists of trafficking in controlled substances.” Section 280E affects all businesses that engage in the cultivation, sale or processing of marijuana. This includes cultivators, medical dispensaries, marijuana retail stores and infused product manufacturers, as well as marijuana-derived concentrates and oil manufacturers. Because Section 280E limits certain deductions, it can have a dramatic effect on the profitability of these businesses, which in turn may adversely affect their ability to purchase our products and services. Such result may adversely impact our revenue and earnings.

Our contractsThere may not be legally enforceable in the United States.

Manydifficulty enforcing certain of our historic contracts,commercial agreements and those we may enter into in the future, relatecontracts.

Courts will not enforce a contract deemed to services that are ancillary to theinvolve a violation of law or public policy. Because cannabis industry, which industry or aspects of the industry are not legalremains illegal under U.S. federal law, parties to contracts involving the state legal cannabis industry have argued that the agreement was void as federally illegal or against public policy. Some courts have accepted this argument in certain cases, usually against the company trafficking in cannabis. While courts have enforced contracts related to activities by state-legal cannabis companies, and under some state laws. Asthe trend is generally to enforce contracts with state-legal cannabis companies and their vendors, there remains doubt and uncertainty that we will be able to enforce our commercial agreements in court for this reason. We cannot be assured that we will have a result, we may face difficulties in enforcingremedy for breach of contract, which would have a material adverse effect on our contracts in U.S. federal and certain state courts.business.

Due to our involvement in the cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liability.

Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance, is more difficult for us to find, and more expensive, because we are product and service providers to companies in the cannabis industry. There are no guarantees that we will be able to find such insurances in the future, or that the cost will be affordable to us. If we are forced to go without such insurances, it may prevent us from entering into certain business sectors, may inhibit our growth, and may expose us to additional risk and financial liabilities.

A drop in the retail price of cannabis products may negatively impact our business.

The fluctuations in economic and market conditions that impact the prices of commercially grown cannabis, such as increases in the supply of cannabis and decreases in demand for cannabis, could have a negative impact on our clients that are cannabis producers, and therefore could negatively impact our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our common stock price may be volatile and may decrease substantially.

The public trading priceprices of our common stock has fluctuatedsecurities fluctuate, in some cases substantially, and we expect that itthey will continue to do so. The price of our common stocksecurities in the market on any particular day depends on many factors including, but not limited to, the following:

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
investor demand for our shares;shares and warrants;

33
 

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in the cannabis industry;
variations in our operating results and market conditions specific to our business;
the emergence of new competitors or new technologies;
operating and market price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable;
changes in our Board of Directors (the “Board”) or management;
sales or purchases of our common stocksecurities by insiders, including sales of our common stock issued to employees, directors and consultants under our equity incentive planplans which were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) under our S-8 registration statement;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation;
changes in governmental regulations, in particular with respect to the cannabis industry;
actual or anticipated changes in our earnings, and fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;
market sentiments about the cannabis industry;
general economic conditions and trends; and
departures of any of our key employees.

Presently, an exchange listing of our common stock is not likely since we are a U.S.-based company focused on the cannabis industry, which remains illegal under federal law. Moreover, we may not be able to attract institutional ownership of our stock or research analysts to cover our stock in the foreseeable future.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price,securities prices, we may therefore be the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

In addition, if the market for equity stocks of companies in our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the market price of our common stocksecurities could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition, or results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause the price of our common stocksecurities to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to our Board of Directors and management.

The application of the “penny stock” rules could adversely affect the market price of our common shares and increase an investor’s transaction costs to sell those shares.

The SEC has adopted Rule 3a51-1, which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, Rule 15g-9 requires:

that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, and
the broker or dealer receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.
In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:
obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person, and
make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form:

sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination, and
that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules or involving the cannabis industry. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and may cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

Our Board of Directors is authorized to reclassify any unissued shares of our preferred stock into one or more classes, which could convey special rights and privileges to its owners.

Our articles of incorporation permit our Board of Directors to reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock into one or more classes. Our Board of Directors will generally have broad discretion over the size and timing of any such classification, subject to a finding that the classification and issuance of preferred stock is in our best interests. We are authorized to issue up to 350,000,000 shares of common stock and 150,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2020, we had 236,526,638 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and 42,030,331 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. In the event our Board of Directors opts to classify a portion of our unissued shares of preferred stock into a class of preferred stock, those preferred shares would have a preference over our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation. The cost of any classification would be borne by our existing common stockholders. The class voting rights of any preferred shares we may issue could make it more difficult for us to take some actions that may, in the future, be proposed by the Board of Directors and/or the holders of our common stock, such as a merger, exchange of securities, liquidation, or alteration of the rights of a class of our securities, if these actions were perceived by the holders of preferred shares as not in their best interests. These effects, among others, could have an adverse effect on your investment in our common stock.

34

Registration rights and Rule 144 containssales contain risks for certain shareholders.

From time to time, we issue sharesour securities on an unregistered basis, which may be eligible for resale under SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.Act or may require us to register with the SEC the securities for resale. In the event there are sharessecurities outstanding that can be sold under Rule 144 or under a registration statement for resale, there may be market pressure on our stock.stock to absorb the securities in respect of the then market value of the company.

We have a substantial number of options and warrants outstanding, which if exercised for shares of common stock, may put pressure on the market price of a share.

 

We have sold to public and private investors a substantial number of warrants to purchase common stock from time to time over the next several years. In addition, we have a substantial number of options and warrants outstanding held by investment bankers who provided us with underwriting and placement services that were issued warrants and employees that were issued options. To the extent that these are exercised for shares, there may be pressure on our stock price while the market absorbs them. The potential of exercise may also have the same effect. Investors should expect that the options and warrants will be exercised when the stock price is substantially above the exercise price.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to repay indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not intend to pay cashany dividends onto holders of our common stock.

We currently are not profitable and do not expect to achieve profitabilitystock in the foreseeable future. We have never declaredAny decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion, any legal or paid dividendscontractual limitations on our common stock. We intend to invest any available funds to continue to grow our revenue. Accordingly, we do not expectability to pay cash dividends tounder our stockholders nowloan agreements or otherwise. As a result, if our Board does not declare and pay dividends, the capital appreciation in the foreseeable future.price of our common stock, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our common stock, and you may have to sell some or all of your common stock to generate cash flow from your investment.

The market price of our shares of common stocksecurities may be adversely affected by the sale of shares by our management or large stockholders.

Sales of our shares of common stock by our officers or senior managers through 10b5-1 plans or otherwise or by large stockholders could adversely and unpredictably affect the price of our common stock. Additionally, the price of our shares of common stock could be affected even by the potential for sales by these persons. We cannot predict the effect that any future sales of our common stock, or the potential for those sales, will have on our share price. Furthermore, due to relatively low trading volume of our stock, should one or more large stockholders seek to sell a significant portion of their stock in a short period of time, the price of our stock may decline.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock and warrants may not develop or be sustained, and as a result, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above their acquisition price, or at all.

Prior to February 10, 2022, our common stock was quoted on the OTC Markets Group, Inc., OTCQB. Trading on the OTCQB marketplace was infrequent and in limited volume. Although our common stock is now listed on Nasdaq, along with our public warrants, an active trading market for these securities may never develop or be sustained. If an active trading market does not develop, investors will have difficulty selling their shares of common stock and warrants at an attractive price, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital and may impair our ability to expand our business by using our common stock and common stock related securities as consideration in an acquisition.

You may be diluted by future issuances of preferred stock or additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise; future sales of such shares in the public market, or the expectations that such sales may occur, could lower our stock price.

Our articles of incorporation authorizes us to issue shares of our common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our Board in its sole discretion. We could issue a significant number of shares of common stock in the future in connection with investments or acquisitions. Any of these issuances could dilute our existing stockholders, and such dilution could be significant. Moreover, such dilution could have a material adverse effect on the market price for the shares of our common stock.

35

The future issuance of shares of preferred stock with voting rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of shares of our common stock, either by diluting the voting power of our common stock if the preferred stock votes together with the common stock as a single class, or by giving the holders of any such preferred stock the right or ability to block an action on which they have a separate class vote, even if the action were approved by the holders of our shares of our common stock.

The future issuance of shares of preferred stock with dividend or conversion rights, liquidation preferences or other economic terms favorable to the holders of preferred stock, when compared to the rights of the common stockholders, could adversely affect the market price for our common stock by making an investment in the common stock less attractive. For example, investors in the common stock may not wish to purchase common stock at a price above the conversion price of a series of convertible preferred stock because the holders of the preferred stock would effectively be entitled to purchase common stock at the lower conversion price, causing economic dilution to the holders of common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and therefore we are not required to provide information under this item.

 

Item 2. Properties

We own no real property. On June 27, 2017,July 28, 2021, we executed a lease, which became effective September 29, 2017,November 1, 2021, for our manufacturing and headquarters office space at 1780 55th Street, Boulder,385 S. Pierce Avenue, Suite C, Louisville, Colorado 80301.80027. The term of the lease commenced September 29, 2017November 1, 2021, and continues through AugustJanuary 31, 2022.2027. Our leased space is approximately 18,60011,491 square feet. We believe that our lease is at market rates and that there is sufficient space available in the Boulder,Louisville, Colorado area to obtain additional or other space if and when required.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

As of December 31, 2019, there were 6,750,000 restricted stock units that had not beenThe Company settled due to a disputelitigation with a former employee overeffective March 30, 2021. While the required withholding taxesCompany disputed the merits of the claims, the Company agreed to be paidissue an aggregate of 6,667 shares of common stock of the Company, as part of the settlement. These shares were issued on April 8, 2021, as “restricted securities,” subject to a lock-up agreement of six months, without registration rights, and pursuant to a private placement exemption. The settlement agreement also included mutual releases and no admission of liability. The cost to the Company for remittance toof this settlement, $107,000, in total, has been recognized in full in Other Expenses during the appropriate tax authorities.year ended December 31, 2021. The Company commenced an arbitration action againstissuance of the former employee regarding the dispute. The former employee also made claims in the arbitration action against the Company for unpaid wages. As stated in a pleading in the arbitration, on March 9, 2020, the Company issued the former employee 6,750,0006,667 shares of the Company’s common stock (valued at $67,000) has been recognized in settlement of these restrictedcommon stock units after taking measures to mitigateissued during the Company’s exposure to penalties and liability for the failure to properly withhold income taxes. The Arbitrator issued an interim award of approximately $10,000 in the Company’s favor and a finding against the former employee. Effective June 9, 2020, the Arbitrator issued his final award in the Company’s favor, in the Colorado arbitration. The Arbitrator found against the former employee and awarded the Company costs of $33,985, with interest at 8% per year. Effective July 22, 2020, the Colorado Court confirmed the Arbitration award and entered a final judgement in favor of the Company and against the former employee. The Company pursued collection of this debt and has now collected the debt owed. This former employee is continuing to pursue separate litigation against the Company for recovery of alleged consulting fees owed to him for the 2015 calendar year prior to his appointment as an executive officer of the Company. The Company strongly disputes the ongoing litigation and in the remote event of an adverse outcome, the amount of any settlement loss for this case is not reasonably estimable as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements.ended December 31, 2021.

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our customers. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

36

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Public Securities;Common Stock and Warrants

Our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTCQB operated by The OTCMarketsNasdaq under the symbol “SRNA.“CEAD”. In addition, we have a class of publicly traded warrants to purchase shares of common stock that are quoted on Nasdaq under the symbol “CEADW. Over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

We have

As of March 29, 2022, we had approximately 130 shareholders of record and approximately 15,400 beneficial shareholders.13,370 shareholders who hold their shares in street name.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to repay indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion, any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends under our loan agreements or otherwise.

 

Equity Compensation Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

On August 1, 2017, our Board of Directors adopted and approved the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Equity Plan”) in order to attract, motivate, retain, and reward high-quality executives and other employees, officers, directors, consultants, and other persons who provide services to us by enabling such persons to acquire an equity interest in us. Under the 2017 Equity Plan, our Board of Directors may award stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock unit awards (“RSUs”), shares granted as a bonus or in lieu of another award, and other stock-based performance awards. The 2017 Equity Plan allocates 50,000,000333,333 shares of our common stock (“Plan Shares”) for issuance of equity awards under the 2017 Equity Plan. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we have granted, under the 2017 Equity Plan, awards in the form of RSAs for services rendered by independent directors and consultants, non-qualified stock options, RSUs and stock bonus awards.

The information for our 2017 Equity Plan as of December 31, 20202021 is summarized as follows:

 Number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)  Number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  -   -   -   -                   -   - 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders (1)  21,651,000  $0.078   3,795,182   162,238  $11.70   7,403 
Total  21,651,000  $0.078   3,795,182   162,238  $11.70   7,403 
(1) Of the 50,000,000 Plan Shares allocated for issuance under the 2017 Equity Plan, as of December 31, 2020, 24,553,818 shares have been issued, options over 21,651,000 shares were issued and outstanding and securities in respect of the remaining 3,795,182 shares were available for future issuance.
(1) Of the 333,333 Plan Shares allocated for issuance under the 2017 Equity Plan, as of December 31, 2021, 163,692 shares have been issued, non-qualified stock options over 162,238 shares were issued and outstanding and securities in respect of the remaining 7,403 shares were available for future issuance.(1) Of the 333,333 Plan Shares allocated for issuance under the 2017 Equity Plan, as of December 31, 2021, 163,692 shares have been issued, non-qualified stock options over 162,238 shares were issued and outstanding and securities in respect of the remaining 7,403 shares were available for future issuance.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

On March 22, 2021, the Board approved the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Equity Plan”), which was approved by the stockholders on July 22, 2021. The 2021 Equity Plan permits the Board to grant awards of up to 666,667 shares of common stock. The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards and other equity linked awards to our employees, consultants and directors. If an equity award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to this Plan.As of December 31, 2021, we have granted under the 2021 Equity Plan, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, and a stock bonus award.

37

  Number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options  Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options  Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  46,807  $7.43   613,057 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders (1)  -       - 
Total  46,807  $7.43   613,057 
 
(1) Of the 666,667 Plan Shares allocated for issuance under the 2021 Equity Plan, as of December 31, 2021, 6,803 shares have been issued, non-qualified stock options over 5,991 shares were issued and outstanding, incentive stock options over 40,816 shares were issued and outstanding and securities in respect of the remaining 613,057 shares were available for future issuance.

Refer to Note 14 – Equity Incentive Plan of our consolidated financial statements, which are included as part of this Annual Report for the further details on our 2017 Equity Plan and 2021 Equity Plan.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and therefore we are not required to provide the information under this item.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report, which include additional information about our accounting policies, practices, and the transactions underlying our financial results. In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to the factors discussed under “Cautionary Statements” appearing elsewhere herein and the risks and uncertainties described or identified in “Item 1A – Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.

 

33

Please also refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Item 1 – Business in this Annual Report, and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is segregated into four sections, including:

Executive Overview. This section provides a summary of our operating performance and cash flows, industry trends and our strategic initiatives.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section describes the accounting areas where management makes critical estimates to report our financial condition and results of operations.

Results of Operations. This section provides an analysis of our consolidated results of operations for the two comparative periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Position. This section provides an analysis of cash flow, contractual obligations, and certain other matters affecting our financial position.

38

Executive Overview

CEA Industries Inc. is a technology, engineering, and services provider to the global controlled environment agriculture (CEA) industry. The CEA industry is one of the fastest-growing sectors of the United States’ economy. From leafy greens (kale, Swiss chard, mustard, cress), microgreens (leafy greens harvested at the first true leaf stage), ethnic vegetables, ornamentals, and small fruits (such as strawberries, blackberries and raspberries) to bell peppers, cucumbers, tomatoes, and cannabis, some producers grow crops indoors in response to market dynamics or as part of their preferred farming practice. In service of the CEA, our principal service and product offerings include: (i) floor plans and architectural design of cultivation facilities, (ii) licensed mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (MEP) engineering of commercial scale environmental control systems specific to cultivation facilities, (iii) process cooling systems and other climate control systems, (iv) air handling equipment and systems, (v) LED lighting, (vi) benching and racking solutions for indoor cultivation, (vii) automation and control devices, systems and technologies used for environmental, lighting and climate control, and (viii) preventive maintenance services for CEA facilities. Our customers include commercial, state- and provincial-regulated CEA growers in the U.S. and Canada as well as in other international locations. Customers are those growers building new facilities and those expanding or retrofitting existing facilities, with both ranging in size from several thousand to more than 100,000 square feet.

Historically, our revenue stream is derived primarily from supplying our products, services and technologies to commercial indoor facilities that grow cannabis, but we have served facilities growing other crops and we intend to pursue such facilities more in the future.

We have three core assets that we believe are important to our going-forward business strategy. First, we have multi-year relationships with customers and others in the CEA industry, notably in the cannabis segment. Second, we have specialized engineering know-how and experience gathered from designing environmental control systems for CEA cultivation facilities since 2016. Third, we have a line of proprietary and curated environmental control products, which we are in the process of expanding.

Historically, nearly all of our customers have been in the cannabis cultivation business. We believe our employees have more experience than most other MEP firms serving this industry. Our customers engage us for their environmental and climate control systems because they want experts to design their facilities, and they come to us because of our reputation. We leverage our reputation and know-how against the many local contractors and MEP engineers who collectively constitute our largest competitors.

The three key pillars of our corporate strategy for growing the Company and increasing shareholder value are:

1.Pursue Organic growth. We serve a market for the construction and expansion of controlled environment agriculture (CEA) facilities and businesses that is projected to grow at a 20%+ compound annual growth rate for the foreseeable future. Our primary vertical market of cannabis cultivation facilities has been joined by the similarly rapidly growing urban vertical farming market to create two market opportunity segments that we are positioned to serve.

In May of 2021 we announced a new strategy for our organic growth, which included:

New markets. Expanding our business development plan to pursue non-cannabis CEA facilities, at least doubling our total addressable market.

New products & services. Expanding our product offerings from primarily environmental control to now offer all of the primary technologies and services required in a CEA facility. Our primary objective in expanding our service and product offerings is to improve our customers’ operations and sustainability, increase customer acquisition, and enhance our revenue and revenue recurrence. Our expanded offerings now or will include: architectural design, lighting, benching and racking, HVACD, sensing & control systems, CO2 enrichment and control, water filtration & condensate reclamation, irrigation & fertigation systems, wastewater treatment, air sanitation, preventative maintenance and odor mitigation. In the last four months alone, we have seen a broadening of our booked contract pipeline to include offerings of architectural design, lighting, benching, HVACD, sensing & control systems, CO2 control, water reclamation, air sanitation and preventative maintenance.

New trade name. In May of 2021 we adopted the trade name Surna Cultivation Technologies instead of Surna Inc. because we believe that the new name will more clearly identify our business to prospects and make us easier to find on various social media and search engines. In January of 2022, Surna Cultivation Technologies LLC was formed and is a wholly owned subsidiary of CEA Industries Inc.

39

Customer Operations – first and foremost we seek to help our customers build the most effective and efficient facility possible. We believe that we are uniquely positioned to engineer all of the complex components of a CEA facility into a holistic whole because of our dedicated engineering staff and our experience including over 200 commercial facilities. Our 15 years in the business has provided us a wide network of technology vendors from which we curate a selection of the best products. In addition, we are the leading experts in applying the most challenging component of the technical infrastructure, the environmental controls, and we have the knowledge required to engineer the interactions among the required components. A professional engineer (PE) license is required for all MEP engineering work, and this engineering competence is one of our greatest strengths.

Sustainability – indoor cultivation facilities, like data centers, are resource intensive. Several U.S. states have implemented building code changes that place limits on the energy consumption allowed within cultivation facilities, and we anticipate that more states will do the same. Among our objectives is to provide our customers with the most energy-efficient alternatives for their infrastructure. Energy and resource efficiency is a high priority to us as engineers, and our most senior engineering staff hold the LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) credential. Our CEO previously helped build a cleantech company, has been involved in the cleantech industry for over five years, and published a book on selling energy efficient technologies. We believe that we are in a position to lead the industry in sustainability initiatives which our customers will highly value.

Customer Acquisition – By offering Facility Selection & Design services we seek to build relationships with prospects at the earliest opportunity in the lifecycle of the cultivation business. By expanding our offerings to include nearly every piece of the technical infrastructure required in a facility we hope to engage at the earliest possible moment with the customer and earn the opportunity to provide all the products and services required for the facility. Our post-start-up, lifecycle services will help us maintain a relationship with the customer as long as the facility is in operation. Our observation is that our customers want to grow plants, not maintain the technical infrastructure of complex systems, and we believe that they will accept our offer to do so, as some already have.

Revenue and Revenue Recurrence – We believe that our revenue can be expanded by offering most of the primary technical infrastructure components for a cultivation facility. For example, if we are able to provide all of the primary infrastructure components to a cultivation facility, our revenue on a project could be up to 200% higher than if we provided the environmental controls systems alone. In the past we did not have products or services to offer our customers after a facility was constructed. We have recently begun to offer preventative maintenance services, and we believe that by expanding this service offering we will be able to gain long-term recurring revenue on a subscription basis.

2.Seek strategic relationships, mergers, and acquisitions to add to our existing business. We enjoy wide brand recognition in the cannabis cultivation industry because of our longevity in the market segment (15 years) and the number of cultivation projects (over 200 commercial projects) we have served. Our core expertise is engineering the environmental controls of these facilities, which is a sophisticated engineering challenge due to the high humidity (latent heat) and heat load (sensible heat) within these facilities. Not only are the loads high, but the environmental conditions within these facilities must be held closely within limits that the facility’s managers request. Engineering to meet these limits requires us to consider all of the primary components within the facility: lighting, irrigation, HVACD, fertigation, sensors, controls, CO2 dosing, monitoring and alarms, facility physical limits such as power availability, and energy consumption. We believe that the expertise gained in working with many of the primary components provides us with a uniquely well-informed view of the efficacy of the many primary components on offer in the marketplace. We further believe that this knowledge will help us make wise choices of which products to pursue for strategic relationships, and which providers to potentially merge with or acquire. For smaller component providers we believe that our publicly traded platform and our existing sales and marketing reach will make us an attractive partner.

3.

Continue to Improve Our Profile and the Market for Our Securities We recognize that the costs of being a public company are substantial. However, we believe that a public currency offers a wider audience to support our story and partnership opportunities to build that story. With that goal in mind, we continue to build our public brand through public capital markets, and as part of that effort ((and as further discussed in Note 17 Subsequent Events in our consolidated financial statements below, we completed two capital markets transactions that we believe will benefit our current and future shareholders.

First, effective February 10, 2022, trading of both shares of the Company’s common stock and certain of the Company’s warrants (which previously traded on the over-the-counter (OTCQB) market) commenced on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Uplist”). We believe an Uplist to the Nasdaq will contribute to our stock’s liquidity and offer a more visible and attractive equity currency to current and future investors.

Second, effective February 15, 2022, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $22 million from the sale of 5,811,138 shares of its common stock together with 5,811,138 warrants (the “Offering”). We believe the Offering will provide immediate liquidity to help fund the Company’s growth strategy through both organic development and opportunistic acquisitions. We also believe the expansion of our investor base created by the Offering will enhance our overall audience and promote liquidity and strengthen the overall market for our securities.

40

Our revenue for the year ended December 31, 20202021 was $8,514,000approximately $13,639,000 compared to $15,224,000approximately $8,514,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease2020, an increase of $6,710,000,$5,125,000, or 44%57%. Overall, we had a net loss of approximately $1,338,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to a net loss of approximately $1,759,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, asa decrease of $421,000, or 24%. Our 2021 adjusted net loss was $889,000 compared to a net loss of $1,339,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $420,000, or 31%. Our 2020 adjusted net loss was $1,239,000 compared to a 2019 adjusted net income of $92,000.$1,239,000. Our adjusted net income (loss) is our GAAP net income (loss) after addback for our non-cash equity compensation expenses, debt-related items and depreciation expense. Historically, one of the most significant financial challenges we face is the inconsistent and unpredictable revenue we generate quarter-over-quarter, and our revenue and cash flow remain difficult to predict.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Our Business

The impact of the government and the business economic response to the COVID-19 pandemic has affected demand acrossprompted national, regional, and local governments, including those in the majority of our markets and disrupted work on projects. The COVID-19 pandemic is expectedthat the Company operates in, to implement preventative or protective measures to control its spread. As a result, there have continued adverse effectsbeen disruptions in business operations around the world, with an impact on our sales, project implementation, operating margins, and working capital. As of the date of this filing, uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude and duration of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.business.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and its changing conditionsthe associated government and business response, the Company took and continues to take measures to adjust its operations as necessary. In early 2020 the Company responded to reduced its operationalorders by reducing expenses in an effort to conserve its cash resources.preserve cash. Many expenses, including travel, marketing, headcount, work hours, and compensation were reduced, deferred, or eliminated while still allowing us to meet our customer obligations and develop new business. As the fiscal year2020 progressed and our sales rebounded, and we were able to obtain additional funds through a forgivable bank loan, we restored our workforce and compensation. Many of these expense reductions were reversed by the end of 2021 when orders picked up and the overall business climate improved. Because the pandemic continues in different parts of the world and in different ways in the United States, the Company continues to actively monitor its operations.

DueWe are experiencing unexpected and uncontrollable delays with our international supply of products and shipments from vendors due to a significant increase in shipments to U.S. ports, less cargo being shipped by air, a general shortage of containers, and domestic truck driver availability. While these delays have moderately improved in recent months, we, along with many other importers of goods across all industries, continue to experience severe congestion and extensive wait times for carriers at ports across the speed with whichUnited States. In addition, restrictions imposed by local, state and federal agencies due to the COVID-19 pandemic developedhave led to reduced personnel of importers, government staff and the resulting uncertainties, including the depth and durationothers in our supply chain. We have been working diligently with our network of the disruptions to customersfreight partners and suppliers its future effect on our business, on our resultsto expedite delivery dates and provide solutions to reduce further impact and delays. However, we are unable to determine the full impact of operations,these delays and on our financial condition, cannot be predicted. We expect that the economic disruptionshow long they will continue as they are out of our control.

While the Company is continuing to have an effect on our business overnavigate the longer term. Despite this uncertainty, we continue to monitor costsfinancial, operational, and continue to take actions to reduce costs so as to mitigate the impact ofpersonnel challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic, the full extent of the impact on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, the potential uncertainty related to and proliferation of new strains, and related actions taken by the bestU.S. government, state and local government officials, and international governments to prevent disease spread, all of which are uncertain, out of our ability, although they may notcontrol and cannot be sufficient in the long-run for us to avoid reduced sales, increased losses and reduced operating cash flows.predicted at this time.

Refer to Risk Factors, included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K above, for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

We have a three-prong growth strategy.

1. Expand our Customer Base. We have a sales and marketing program that generates many prospect relationships. However, our limited range of higher cost products, mostly chilled water systems, reduces the number of customer prospects who can afford to buy from us. This year, we will broaden our product line to include lower- and mid-cost products, such as split systems and packaged roof top units. We believe these new products and services will increase our addressable market and sales, further leveraging our investment in sales and marketing.

One of our key 2019 and 2020 goals was to obtain more business from MFOs, which have greater financial resources, are more sophisticated, buy more and larger systems, and are less prone to project delays and cancellations, compared to the smaller cultivators that had been our primary customers in the past. Although we booked fewer projects with MFOs in 2020 than we did in 2019, we, booked three projects representing $3.5 million in potential future revenue. We recorded $2.9 million in revenue from these projects, or 35% of our total 2020 revenue. However, we still have significant work ahead of us to fill our sales pipeline with MFO customers that we believe will result in more consistent and predictable revenue and cash flow.

2. Sell More Automation and Control Systems. In 2019 we fulfilled a key goal by launching our SentryIQ® sensors, controls and automation (“SCA”) platform—a turnkey, single-vendor HVACD equipment and controls integration solution. We continued the rollout in 2020 and to date we have entered into thirteen contracts with twelve different companies to implement our SentryIQ® SCA platform. This product line is important for tactical and strategic reasons, and we hope to offer this as a standalone offering in the future. These systems provide a steady stream of data that our customers can use to make daily cultivation decisions. Additionally, we can use this data to track trends and apply future enhancements to our products and services, fostering closer relationships with our customers throughout their facilities’ life cycles. This product line is important for tactical and strategic reasons previously discussed.

We plan to continue to develop technology and innovations that provide value-add to our customers. We also intend to seek out “best-in-class” partners to help us automate and control the indoor grow facilities of the future.

3. Engage in Strategic Relationships with other Technology Leaders. During 2019, we identified several business verticals that we believe could be logical and natural complements to our climate control business, including: lighting, fertigation (automated process of delivering nutrients and water to plants), benches (customized systems to optimize use of the growing space), cultivation management technology (software), consumables (growing, packaging, facility and lab supplies), and operational improvement analytics (modeling, data aggregation and artificial intelligence). We intend to work with “best-in-class” vendors to develop more comprehensive, end-to-end, integrated solutions and specialized products and services that can help our cultivators compete in the market, whether through automation, software or operating efficiencies. We hope to establish one or more strategic alliances, such as reseller, distribution, co-marketing or product development agreements, with select companies which are consistent with our strategic direction. In 2020 we were unable to find suitable partners for such strategic relationships, but we continue to pursue this growth initiative.

Over time, if some of these strategic alliances are successful in driving top-line revenue for us and our partners, such relationships could develop into more exclusive arrangements or evolve into possible acquisitions or a source of strategic capital for us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully execute any of these strategic initiatives. Our efforts will be primarily focused on working with new strategic partners to co-market each other’s products and services and possibly jointly develop new and improved products and services with CEA-specific applications, as opposed to seeking acquisitions.

*******

Revenue. Our 20202021 revenue was $8,514,000.approximately $13,639,000. Our 20202021 revenue represents a decreasean increase of 44%60% compared to 2019.2020. One of our MFO customers accounted for 28%24% of our 20202021 revenue. We believe, among other things, that we need to build a diversified sales pipeline of MFOs, which we believe will increase our consistency and predictability of revenue.

Gross Margin. Our 20202021 gross margin was 18.2%21.5%, a decreasean increase from 29.9%18.2% in 2019.2020. This decreaseincrease was primarily due to our fixed cost base, offset by, a lower margin on equipment sales and an increase in variable costs as a percent of revenue as described in Results of Operations below.

41

Profitability. Our 2021 adjusted net loss was approximately $889,000 compared to a 2020 adjusted net loss was $1,239,000 compared to a 2019 adjusted net income of $92,000.approximately $1,239,000. Our adjusted net income (loss) is a key management metric and point of focus for us because it provides a proxy for the cash we generate from operations.

Capital Resources. Our working capital remains negative, and we have limited capital resources, which are impediments to the overall viability of our business as planned. The effecteffects of the COVID-19 response haspandemic on our business presented furthermajor challenges for us in 2020. Without increasing2021 and we expect this to be a source of further uncertainty to our current revenue and adding new sources of revenue, we cannot predict our future.business. As discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report, we have taken steps during 2021 to focus on the Company’s core strategy and reduce costs.our operating costs and general and administrative expenses to manage these challenges. We cannot predict how longhave also taken steps to address overall liquidity via the Offering (as further described in Note 16 Subsequent Events).

Nonetheless, there remain risks and uncertainties regarding our cost cutting measuresability to grow revenue and generate sufficient revenues and cash flows. and there can be no assurances that we will sustain the Companybe able to raise future capital on commercially reasonable terms, or how long the current economic situation will last.at all.

Contract Bookings. Our bookings dropped significantlyincreased in the first half of 2020 but recovered in the second half,2021, and our backlog at December 31, 2020,2021, was $8,448,000, a decrease$10,818,000, an increase of $1,110,000,$2,370,000, or 12%28%, from our December 31, 20192020 backlog. During 2020,2021, we had net bookings of $7,404,000,$16,009,000, consisting of: (i) $10,343,000$13,543,000 of new sales contracts executed in 2020,2021, (ii) $151,000$3,863,000 net positive changes orders, and (iii) $3,089,000$1,397,000 in project cancellations.

The following table sets forth: (i) our beginning backlog (the remaining contract value of outstanding sales contracts for which we have received an initial deposit as of the previous period), (ii) our net bookings for the period (new sales contracts executed during the period for which we received an initial deposit, net of any adjustments including cancellations and change orders during the period), (iii) our recognized revenue for the period, and (iv) our ending backlog for the period (the sum of the beginning backlog and net bookings, less recognized revenue). Based on the current economic climate and our cost cutting measures, there is no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain the level of bookings that we have had in the past and or fulfill our current backlog, and we may experience contract cancellations, project scope reductions and project delays.

  For the quarter ended 
  December 31, 2020  March 31, 2021  June 30, 2021  September 30, 2021  December 31, 2021 
Backlog, beginning balance $8,198,000  $8,448,000  $11,578,000  $7,987,000  $9,881,000 
Net bookings, current period $3,637,000  $5,497,000  $919,000  $5,600,000  $3,993,000 
Recognized revenue, current period $3,387,000  $2,367,000  $4,510,000  $3,706,000  $3,056,000 
Backlog, ending balance $8,448,000  $11,578,000  $7,987,000  $9,881,000  $10,818,000 

  For the quarter ended 
  December 31, 2019  March 31, 2020  June 30, 2020  September 30, 2020  December 31, 2020 
Backlog, beginning balance $10,143,000  $9,558,000  $8,875,000  $        5,592,000  $        8,198,000 
Net bookings, current period $3,134,000  $1,127,000  $(1,601,000) $4,241,000  $3,637,000 
Recognized revenue, current period $3,719,000  $1,810,000  $1,682,000  $1,635,000  $3,387,000 
Backlog, ending balance $9,558,000  $8,875,000  $5,592,000  $8,198,000  $8,448,000 

The completion of a customer’s new build facility project is dependent upon the customer’s ability to secure funding and real estate, obtain a license and then build their cultivation facility so they can take possession of the equipment. Accordingly, the time it takes for these customers to complete a new build project, which corresponds to when we are able to recognize revenue, is driven by numerous factors including: (i) the large number of first-time participants interested in the indoor cannabis cultivation business; (ii) the complexities and uncertainties involved in obtaining state and local licensure and permitting; (iii) local and state government delays in approving licenses and permits due to lack of staff or the large number of pending applications, especially in states where there is no cap on the number of cultivators; (iv) the customer’s need to obtain cultivation facility financing; (v) the time needed, and coordination required, for our customers to acquire real estate and properly design and build the facility (to the stage when climate control systems can be installed); (vi) the large price tag and technical complexities of the climate control and air sanitation system; (vii) the availability of power; and (viii) delays that are typical in completing any construction project.

As has historically been the case at each quarter-end, there remains significant uncertainty regarding the timing of revenue recognition of our backlog as of December 31, 2020.2021. As of December 31, 2020, $2,643,0002021, $411,000 of our backlog, or 31%4%, was attributable to customer contracts for which we have only received an initial advance payment to cover our engineering services (“engineering only paid contracts”). There are always risks that the equipment portion of our engineering only paid contracts will not be completed or will be delayed, which could occur if the customer is dissatisfied with the quality or timeliness of our engineering services, there is a delay or abandonment of the project due to the customer’s inability to obtain project financing or licensing, or the customer determines not to proceed with the project due to economic factors, such as declining cannabis wholesale prices in the state.

42

In contrast, after the customer has made an advance payment for a portion of the equipment to be delivered under the contract (“partial equipment paid contracts”), we typically are better able to estimate the timing of revenue recognition since the risks and delays associated with licensing, permitting and project funding are typically mitigated once the initial equipment payment is received. As of December 31, 2021, 96% of our backlog was attributable to partial equipment paid contracts.

We have provided an estimate in our consolidated financial statements forof when we expect to recognize revenue on our remaining performance obligations (i.e., our Q4 20202021 backlog), using separate time bands, with respect to engineering only paid contracts and partial equipment paid contracts. However, there continues to be significant uncertainty regarding the timing of our recognition of revenue in our Q4 20202021 backlog. Refer to the Revenue Recognition section of Note 2 in our consolidated financial statements, included as part of this Annual Report for additional information on our estimate of future revenue recognition on our remaining performance obligations.

Our backlog, remaining performance obligations and net bookings may not be indicative of future operating results, and our customers may attempt to renegotiate or terminate their contracts for a number of reasons, including delays in, or inability to, obtain project financing or licensing or abandonment of the project entirely. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that contracts included in backlog or remaining performance obligations will actually generate revenues or when the actual revenues will be generated. Net bookings and backlog are considered non-GAAP financial measures, and therefore, they should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, our GAAP measures for recognized revenue, deferred revenue and remaining performance obligations. Further, we can provide no assurance as to the profitability of our contracts reflected in remaining performance obligations, backlog and net bookings.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Certain accounting policies are particularly important to the understanding of our financial position and results of operations and require the application of significant judgment by our management or can be materially affected by changes from period to period in economic factors or conditions that are outside of our control. As a result, they are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. In applying these policies, management uses theirits judgment to determine the appropriate assumptions to be used in the determination of certain estimates. Those estimates are based on our historical operations, our future business plans and projected financial results, the terms of existing contracts, observance of trends in the industry, information provided by our customers, and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. For information regarding our critical accounting policies as well as recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements.

Our management has discussed the development and selection of critical accounting estimates with the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors has reviewed our disclosure relating to critical accounting estimates in this Annual Report. We believe the following are the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for accounts receivable. Accounts receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount or based on revenue earned for items not yet invoiced, and generally do not bear interest. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, as necessary, based on past experience and other factors, which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating bad debts. Based on its review, we establish or adjust the allowance for specific customers and the accounts receivable portfolio as a whole. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $165,098$181,942 and $151,673,$165,098, respectively. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

43

Excess and obsolete inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The inventory is valued based on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Lower of cost or net realizable value is evaluated by considering obsolescence, excessive levels of inventory, deterioration and other factors. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired inventory. Excess and obsolete inventory is charged to cost of revenue and a new lower-cost basis for that inventory is established andestablished; subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory was $91,379 and $93,045, and $71,376, respectively.

Goodwill impairment. Goodwill, defined as unidentified asset(s) acquired in conjunction with a business acquisition, is tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We recorded goodwill in connection with our acquisition of Hydro Innovations in July 2014. We perform a quantitative impairment test annually during the fourth quarter by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is considered not impaired. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. We completed this assessment as of December 31, 20202021 and concluded that no impairment existed.

Product warranty. We warrant the products that we manufacture for a warranty period equal to the lesser of 12 months from start-up or 18 months from shipment. Our warranty provides for the repair, rework, or replacement of products (at our option) that fail to perform within stated specification. Our third-party suppliers also warrant their products under similar terms, which are passed through to our customers. We assess the historical warranty claims on our manufactured products and, since 2016, warranty claims have been approximately 1% of annual revenue generated on these products. We continue to assess the need to record a warranty reserve at the time of sale based on historical claims and other factors. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, we had an accrued warranty reserve amount of $173,365$186,605 and $185,234,$173,365, respectively, which are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Income taxes. We account for deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted tax laws. In the event the future consequences of differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of our assets and liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, we perform an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset. A valuation allowance related to a net deferred tax asset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will not be realized. Management’s judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. We recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 20202021, and December 31, 2019.2020. Based on the available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that we will not be ableunable to utilize our net deferred tax assets in the foreseeable future. We intend to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances. We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the carrying value of our deferred tax assets could be materially impacted.

Share-based compensation. We recognize the cost resulting from all share-based compensation arrangements, including stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that we grant under our equity incentive plan in our consolidated financial statements based on their grant date fair value. The expense is recognized over the requisite service period or performance period of the award. The service inception date is typically the grant date, but the service inception date may be prior to the grant date. Awards with a graded vesting period based on service are expensed on a straight-line basis for the entire award. Awards with performance-based vesting conditions which require the achievement of a specific company financial performance goal at the end of the performance period and required service period are recognized over the performance period. Each reporting period, we reassess the probability of achieving the respective performance goal. If the goals are not expected to be met, no compensation cost is recognized, and any previously recognized amount recorded is reversed. If the award contains market-based vesting conditions, the compensation cost is based on the grant date fair value and expected achievement of market condition and is not subsequently reversed if it is later determined that the condition is not likely to be met or is expected to be lower than initially expected. The grant date fair value of stock options is based on the Black-Scholes Model. The Black-Scholes Model requires judgmental assumptions including volatility and expected term, both based on historical experience. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury interest rates whose term is consistent with the expected term of the option.

44

Allocation of transaction price; standalone selling price. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. When there are multiple performance obligations within a contract, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on standalone selling price. When estimating the selling price, we use various observable inputs. The best observable input is our actual selling price for the same good or service, however, this input is generally not available for our contracts containing multiple performance obligations.service. For engineering services, we estimate the standalone selling price by reference to certain physical characteristics of the project, such as facility size and mechanical systems involved, which are indicative of the scope and complexity of the mechanical engineering services to be provided. For equipment sales, the standalone selling price is determined by forecasting the expected costs of the equipment and then adding an appropriate margin, based on a range of acceptable margins established by management. Depending on the nature of the performance obligations, we may use a combination of different methods and observable inputs if certain performance obligations have highly variable or uncertain standalone selling prices. Once the selling prices are determined, we apply the relative values to the total contract consideration and estimates the amount of the transaction price to be recognized as each promiseperformance obligation is fulfilled.

Remaining performance obligations. The revenue standard requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures about our remaining performance obligations, which are defined as performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of the end of the reporting period, including (i) the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations, and (ii) when we expect to recognize as revenue with respect to such amounts on either: (x) a quantitative basis using appropriate time bands for the duration of the remaining performance obligations, or (y) by using qualitative information. Industry uncertainty, project financing concerns, and the licensing and qualification of our prospective customers, which are out of our control, make it difficult for us to predict when we will recognize revenue on our remaining performance obligations. There are risks that we may not realize the full contract value on customer projects in a timely manner or at all, and completion of a customer’s cultivation facility project is dependent upon the customer’s ability to secure funding and real estate, obtain a license and then build their cultivation facility so they can take possession of the equipment. Accordingly, the time it takes for customers to complete a project, which corresponds to when we are able to recognize revenue, is driven by numerous factors including: (i) the large number of first-time participants interested in the indoor cannabis cultivation business; (ii) the complexities and uncertainties involved in obtaining state and local licensure and permitting; (iii) local and state government delays in approving licenses and permits due to lack of staff or the large number of pending applications, especially in states where there is no cap on the number of cultivators; (iv) the customer’s need to obtain cultivation facility financing; (v) the time needed, and coordination required, for our customers to acquire real estate and properly design and build the facility (to the stage when climate control systems can be installed); (vi) the largesignificant price tag and technical complexities of the climate control and air sanitation system; (vii) the availability of power; and (viii) delays that are typical in completing any construction project. Further, based on the current economic climate, the uncertainty regarding the COVID-19 virus, and the Company’s recent cost cutting measures, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to fulfill its backlog, and the Company may experience contract cancellations, project scope reductions and project delays.

There is significant uncertainty regarding the timing of our recognition on all remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2020.2021. Customer contracts for which we have only received an initial advance payment to cover the allocated value of our engineering services (“engineering only paid contracts”) carry enhanced risks that the equipment portion of these contracts will not be completed or will be delayed, which could occur if the customer is dissatisfied with the quality or timeliness of our engineering services or there is a delay or abandonment of the project due to the customer’s inability to obtain project financing or licensing. In contrast, after the customer has made an advance payment for a portion of the equipment to be delivered under the contract (“partial equipment paid contracts”), we are typically better able to estimate the timing of revenue recognition since the risks and delays associated with licensing, permitting and project funding are typically mitigated once the initial equipment payment is received.

Commitments and contingencies. In the normal course of business, we are subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of our business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, customer disputes, government investigations and tax matters. An accrual for a loss contingency is recognized when it is probable that an asset hadhas been impaired, or a liability hadhas been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

45

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020

Revenues and Cost of Goods Sold

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 20202021 was $8,514,000$13,639,000 compared to $15,224,000$8,514,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease2020, an increase of $6,710,000,$5,125,000, or 44%60%. This revenue decreaseincrease was partly the result of our decreasedincreased net bookings in 2020,2021 which fellgrew from $16,300,000 in 2019 to $7,405,000 in 2020 to $16,009,000 in 2021, or 55%116%. We remain unable to consistently convert our backlog into revenue on a quarter-over-quarter basis. Our revenue conversion is largely dependent on customer-centric factors—outside of our control—such as industry uncertainty, project financing concerns, the licensing and qualification of our prospective customers, and other reasons such as a challenging business climate including an overall post-COVID-19 economic downturn, which makes it difficult for us to predict when we will recognize revenue on our backlog.

Cost of revenue decreasedincreased by $3,714,000$3,751,000 from $10,676,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $6,961,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020.2020 to $10,713,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The factors impacting this change are discussed below.

The gross profit for the year ended December 31, 20202021 was $1,553,000$2,926,000 compared to $4,549,000$1,553,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. Gross profit margin decreasedincreased by approximately twelve3 percentage points from 29.9% for the year ended December 31, 2019 to 18.2% for the year ended December 31, 2020.2020 to 21.5% for the year ended December 31, 2021. This decrease was primarily due to our fixed cost base, offset by a lower margin on equipment sales, and an increase in variable costs as a percent of revenue as described below.sales.

Our revenue cost structure is comprised of both fixed and variable components. The fixed cost component represents engineering, manufacturing and project management salaries and benefits and manufacturing overhead that totaled $1,342,000, or 9.8% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to $1,167,000, or 13.7% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $1,426,000, or 9.4%2020. The increase of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of $259,000$175,000 was primarily due to a decreasean increase in salaries and benefits (including stock-based compensation) of $277,000,$191,000, offset by an increasea decrease of $18,000$16,000 in fixed overhead. The variable cost component, which represents our cost of equipment, outside engineering costs, shipping and handling, travel and warranty costs, totaled $9,371,000, or 68.7% of total revenue, in the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to $5,795,000, or 68.1% of total revenue, in the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $9,250,000, or 60.8% of total revenue, in the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. In the year ended December 31, 20202021, as compared to the prior year, our cost of equipment decreasedincreased by $3,331,000$3,821,000 primarily due to the decreaseincrease in revenue and a decrease in our equipment margin of 3.54.9 percentage points. Additionally in the year ended December 31, 20202021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019:2020: (i) our warrantytravel costs increased by $144,000,$82,000 and, (ii) our excess and obsolete inventory and other variable overheadsoutside engineering costs increased by $45,000,$38,000, which were offset by (iii) a reduction in outside engineering costswarranty expense of $156,000,$275,000, (iv) a reduction in excess and obsolete inventory expense of $39,000, (v) a decrease in other overhead of $28,000 and, (vi) decreased shipping and handling costs of $89,000 and, (v) decreased travel of $69,000.$23,000.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses decreasedincreased by 33%25% from $5,859,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $3,916,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020 a decreaseto $4,905,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $1,944,000.$989,000. The operating expense decreaseincrease consisted primarily of: (i) a decreasean increase in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A expenses”) of $1,567,000,$567,000, (ii) a decreasean increase in advertising and marketing expenses of $246,000$342,000 and, (iii) a decreasean increase in product development expenses of $131,000.$80,000.

The decreaseincrease in SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 20202021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019,2020, was due primarily to: (i) a decreasean increase of $762,000 in stock-based compensation, (ii) a decrease of $191,000 in commissions, (iii) a decrease in travel of $122,000, (iv) a decrease of $138,000 in accounting and other professional fees, (v) a decrease of $111,000 in loss on asset disposal, (vi) a decrease of $69,000 in board fees, (vii) a decrease of $57,000$327,000 in salaries, benefits and other employee related costs, (ii) an increase of $184,000 in internal commissions and third-party referral fees, (iii) an increase in investor relations of $109,000, (iv) an increase in loss on fixed asset disposals of $63,000, (v) an increase of $52,000 for facility and office expenses, (vi) an increase in travel of $12,000, (vii) an increase in accounting and other professional fees of $8,000, offset by, (viii) a decrease of $44,000 in$75,000 for bad debt expense, (ix) a decrease in depreciationstock based compensation of $40,000,$56,000, and (x) a decrease of $17,000$56,000 in facilities, insurance and office supplies and, (xi) a decrease in investor relations costs of $15,000.depreciation.

46

The decreaseincrease in marketing expenses were due primarily to: (i) a decreasean increase in advertising and promotion of $205,000$131,000, (ii) an increase of $125,000 for industry trade shows and events, (ii) a decrease(iii) an increase in stock-based compensationsalaries and benefits of $26,000, (iii) a decrease$102,000, (iv) an increase of $17,000 in$13,000 for travel, (iv)offset by (v) a decrease of $15,000 in collateraloutside marketing services, and (vi) a decrease of $13,000 for web development and other marketing expenses, offset by (v) anexpenses.

The increase of $20,000 for web development.

The decrease in product development costs was primarily due to (i) a decreasean increase for consulting of $56,000, and (ii) an increase in materialsmaterial costs of $88,000, (ii) a decrease in stock-based compensation of $23,000, (iii) a decrease in salaries and benefits of $12,000 and, (iv) a decrease in travel of $7,000.$26,000.

Operating Loss

We had an operating loss of $1,979,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to an operating loss of $2,363,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to an operating lossa decrease of $1,311,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $1,052,000,$384,000, or 80%16%. The operating loss included $406,000$324,000 of non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses and $114,000$58,000 for depreciation and amortization in the year ended December 31, 20202021, as compared to $1,277,000$406,000 for stock-based compensation and $154,000$114,000 of depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. Excluding these non-cash items, our operating loss increaseddecreased by $1,964,000.$247,000.

Other Income (Expense)

Our other income (net) increased by $632,000$37,000 from other expense (net) of $28,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 to other income (net) of $604,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. This change is2020, to $641,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The other income for 2021 primarily consisted of (i) $517,000 for loan forgiveness, (ii) $138,000 for ERC credits, (iii) $66,000 in rental income from the sub-lease of a portion of our previous facility, (iv) a $16,000 gain on lease termination, (v) a $13,000 gain from a contract cancellation from 2018, offset by (vi) expense for a legal settlement of $107,000. The 2020 income was primarily due to loan forgiveness of $557,000 and income from a legal judgement of $35,000.

Net Loss

Overall, we had a net loss of $1,338,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to a net loss of $1,759,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to a net lossdecrease of $1,339,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $420,000.$421,000. The net loss included $406,000$391,000 of non-cash, stock-based compensation costs and depreciation and amortization expense of $114,000$58,000 in the year ended December 31, 20202021, as compared to non-cash, stock-based compensation expense of $1,277,000$406,000 and depreciation and amortization of $154,000$114,000 in the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. Excluding these non-cash items, our net loss increaseddecreased by $1,332,000.$351,000.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Position

Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,285,000,$2,160,000, compared to cash and cash equivalents of $922,000$2,285,000 as of December 31, 2019, an increase2020, a decrease of 148%5%. The $1,363,000 increase$125,000 decrease in cash and cash equivalents during the year ended December 31, 20202021 was primarily the result of cash used in our operating activities and cash provided by our operating and financing activities. Our cash is held in bank depository accounts inwith certain financial institutions. We currently have deposits inwith financial institutions that exceed the federally insured amount.

On February 15, 2022, we received the net proceeds from the offering of shares of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock in the amount of $22,029,184.

 

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts) of $33,000,$179,000, inventory (net of excess and obsolete allowance) of $327,000,$378,000, and prepaid expenses and other of $1,038,000$1,274,000 (including $916,000$1,069,000 in advance payments on inventory purchases). While we typically require advance payment before we commence engineering services or ship equipment to our customers, we have made exceptions requiring us to record accounts receivable, which carry a risk of non-collectability, especially since most of our customers are funded on an as-needed basis to complete facility construction. We expect ourthis exposure to accounts receivable risk to increase as we pursue larger projects.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had no indebtedness, total accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1,785,000,$1,346,000, deferred revenue of $3,724,000,$2,840,000, accrued equity compensation of $128,000,$84,000, and the current portion of operating lease liability of $266,000.$100,000. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had a working capital deficit of $2,220,000,$415,000, compared to a working capital deficit of $1,437,000$2,220,000 as of December 31, 2019.2020.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock.

47

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our businessbusiness. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Because of the economic situation that developed during 2020,2021, we cannot predict the continuing level of working capital that we will have in the future. Additionally, we cannot predict that our future financial position will not deteriorate due to cancelled or delayed contract fulfillment, reduced sales and our ability to perform our contracts.

Summary of Cash Flows

The following summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019:2020:

 

For the Years Ended

December 31,

  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Net cash provided by operating activities $818,000  $672,000 
Net cash used in operating activities $(3,207,000) $818,000 
Net cash used in investing activities  (9,000)  (3,000)  (57,000)  (9,000)
Net cash provided by financing activities  554,000   -   3,139,000   554,000 
Net increase in cash $1,363,000  $669,000 
Net decrease in cash $(125,000) $1,363,000 

Operating Activities

We incurred a net loss for the year ended December 31, 20202021 of $1,759,000$1,338,000 compared to a net loss for the year ended December 31, 20192020 of $1,339,000.$1,759,000. We had an accumulated deficit of $27,444,000$28,782,000 as of December 31, 2020.2021.

Cash provided byused in operations for the year ended December 31, 20202021 was $818,000$3,207,000 compared to cash provided by operations of $672,000$818,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019,2020, an increase in cash usage of $146,000.$4,025,000. The increase was primarily attributable to: (i) an increase in cash fromused for working capital of $1,370,000, offset by,$4,300,000, (ii) a decreasean increase in non-cash operating charges of $804,000, and$146,000, offset by, (iii) an increasea decrease in net loss of $420,000.$421,000. Significant non-cash items included: (i) a gain on note payable forgiveness of $557,000,$517,000, (ii) stock-related compensation of $277,000,$308,000, (iii) $190,000$68,000 for amortizationloss on disposal of ROU asset,assets, and (iv) depreciation and amortization expense of $120,000.$65,000.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 20202021 was $9,000,$57,000, compared to cash used in investing activities of $3,000$9,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. The change was related to purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

For the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, cash from financing activities was $3,139,000 and $554,000, and $0, respectively. The cashCash flows from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, was the result of cash proceeds from the sale of preferred stock and warrants (net of issuance costs) of $2,625,000. Additionally, the Company entered into a loan received from ournote payable with its current bank on April 22,in the principal amount of $514,000, for working capital purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2020, which was subsequently forgiven on December 11, 2020.the Company entered into a note payable with its current bank in the principal amount of $554,000, for working capital purpose. See Note 98 – Note Payable and Accrued Interest.

48

February Common Stock Issuance

Going Concern

Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, have been presented on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilitiesAs more specifically addressed in the normal course of business. Our independent registered public accounting firm includedNote 16 - Subsequent Events in its audit opinion on our consolidated financial statements forbelow, the year ended December 31, 2020, a statement that there is substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern, and our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 were prepared assuming that we would continue as a going concern. We have determined that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on raising additional capital to fund our operations and ultimately on generating future profitable operations. There can be no assurance that we will beCompany was able to raise sufficient additional capital or eventually have positive cash flow from operations to address allapproximately $22 million through a sale of our cash flow needs. If we are not able to generate positive cash flow from operations or find alternative sources of cash, our businesscommon stock and shareholders will be materially and adversely affected. The foregoing factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date our condensed consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, are issued. Our condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.warrants. That transaction closed on February 15, 2022.

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of other similar stage and situated companies, including general economic conditions, its customers’ operations and prospects for and ability to obtain project financing, and market and business disruptions, that include the outbreak of COVID-19, dependence on key individuals, successful development, marketing and branding of products; uncertainty of product development and generation of revenues; dependence on outside sources of financing; risks associated with research, development; dependence on third-party suppliers and collaborators; protection of intellectual property; and competition with larger, better-capitalized companies. Ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations is dependent on future events, including obtaining adequate financing to fulfill its development activities and generating a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

The Company also will be affected by constraints on the availability of capital to its customers and prospects who have commenced, or are contemplating, new or expanded cultivation facilities and the overall impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. The extent to which COVID-19 will impact the Company’s business and financial results will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. See Note 16. The duration and likelihood of operational success going forward resulting from the fiscal year 2020 measures of adjusting the workforce reductions and cost-cutting measures are uncertain. If these actions do not meet management’s expectations, or additional capital is not available, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Other factors that will impact the Company’s ability to continue operations include the market demand for the Company’s products and services, the ability to service its customers and prospects, potential contract cancellations, project scope reductions and project delays, the Company’s ability to fulfill its backlog, the management of working capital, and the continuation of normal payment terms and conditions for purchase of the Company’s products. The Company believes its cash balances and cash flow from operations will be insufficient to fund its operations for the next twelve months. If the Company is unable to increase revenues, or otherwise generate cash flows from operations, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date the financial statements are issued. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Capital Raising

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses and have funded our operations primarily through issuances of equity securities, debt, and operating revenue. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $28,781,566, a working capital deficit of $415,171, and negative stockholders’ equity of $3,570,533. On February 15, 2022, the Company issued 5,811,138 shares of its common stock together with 5,811,138 warrants for net proceeds of approximately $22 million. The Company issued a further 1,052,227 warrants to its placement agent: 290,557 in respect of their fees and 761,670 on the exercise of the substantial majority of the 15% overallotment available to them. The 290,557 warrants issued in respect of the placement agent’s fees vest after six months, have a term of 5 years and an exercise price of $5.1625. The 761,670 warrants issued in respect of the overallotment vest immediately, have a term of 5 years and an exercise price of $5.00.

 

We believeplan to use these funds to accelerate our cash balancesorganic growth through key employee hires and cash flow from operations will be insufficient to fundkey investments in product development (such as our operations for the next 12 months. If wecontrols and preventative maintenance) as well as seek accretive growth through acquisitions and expand our geographic footprint.

49

Inflation

We have experienced and are unable to increase revenues or otherwise generate cash flows from operations, we will need to raise additional fundinglikely to continue as a going concern. Basedto face inflationary increases on management’s estimate forthe cost of products, which may adversely affect our operational cash requirements, during the first quarter of 2020, we took steps to downsize and reorient our operations to reduce costs. We will need to obtain financing in order to continue our operations and achieve our growth strategies. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise the necessary financing, when and if needed, on acceptable terms or at all. If our operating results do not meet management’s expectations, or additional capital is not available, management believes it can downsize or reorient operations to reduce certain expenditures. The precise amount and timing of our financing needs cannot be determined accurately at this time, and will depend on a number of factors, including the market demand for our products and services, management of working capital, and continuation of normal payment terms and conditions for purchase of our products and services.

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise debt or equity financing in sufficient amounts, when and if needed, on acceptable terms or at all. The Company’s ability to raise equity capital is also limited by the Company’s stock price, and any such issuance could be highly dilutive to existing shareholders.

Inflation

In the opinion of management, inflation has not and will not have a material effect on our operations in the immediate future.margins. Management will continue to monitor inflation and evaluate the possible future effects of inflation on our business and operations.

Contractual Payment Obligations

Refer to Note 43Leases of our consolidated financial statements, which are included as part of this Annual Report for the further details on our obligations under a lease for our manufacturing and office space.

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

As of December 31, 2019, there were 6,750,000 restricted stock units that had not been

The Company settled due to a disputelitigation with a former employee overeffective March 30, 2021. While the required withholding taxesCompany disputed the merits of the claims, the Company agreed to be paidissue an aggregate of 6,667 shares of common stock of the Company, as part of the settlement. These shares were issued on April 8, 2021, as “restricted securities,” subject to a lock-up agreement of six months, without registration rights, and pursuant to a private placement exemption. The settlement agreement also included mutual releases and no admission of liability. The cost to the Company for remittance toof this settlement, $107,000, in total, has been recognized in full in Other Expenses during the appropriate tax authorities.year ended December 31, 2021. The Company commenced an arbitration action againstissuance of the former employee regarding the dispute. The former employee also made claims in the arbitration action against the Company for unpaid wages. As stated in a pleading in the arbitration, on March 9, 2020, the Company issued the former employee 6,750,0006,667 shares of the Company’s common stock (valued at $67,000) has been recognized in settlement of these restrictedcommon stock units after taking measures to mitigateissued during the Company’s exposure to penalties and liability for the failure to properly withhold income taxes. The Arbitrator issued an interim award of approximately $10,000 in the Company’s favor and a finding against the former employee. Effective June 9, 2020, the Arbitrator issued his final award in the Company’s favor in the Colorado arbitration. The Arbitrator found against the former employee and awarded the Company costs of $33,985, with interest at 8% per year. Effective July 22, 2020, the Colorado Court confirmed the Arbitration award and entered a final judgement in favor of the Company and against the former employee. The Company pursued collection of this debt and has now collected the debt owed. This former employee is continuing to pursue separate litigation against the Company for recovery of alleged consulting fees owed to him for the 2015 calendar year prior to his appointment as an executive officer of the Company. The Company strongly disputes the ongoing litigation and in the remote event of an adverse outcome, the amount of any settlement loss for this case is not reasonably estimable as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements.ended December 31, 2021.

From time to time, in the normal course of our operations, we are subject to litigation matters and claims. Litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict, and our view of these matters may change in the future as the litigation and events related thereto unfold. An unfavorable outcome to any legal matter, if material, could have an adverse effect on our operations or our financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of our breach of such agreements, services to be provided by us, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers and employees that will require us to, among other things, indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers, or employees. We maintain director and officer insurance, which may cover certain liabilities arising from our obligation to indemnify our directors and certain of our officers and employees, and former officers, directors, and employees of acquired companies, in certain circumstances.

50

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are required to disclose any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources that are material to investors. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements. During 20202021 and 2019,2020, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet financing activities.

Recent Developments

Refer to Note 16 - Subsequent Events of our consolidated financial statements, included as part of this Annual Report, for the more significant events occurring since December 31, 2020.2021.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are a smaller reporting company, as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, therefore are not required to provide the information under this item.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our consolidated financial statements are included herein, beginning on page F-1. The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the consolidated financial statements set forth in Item 15. “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Annual Report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

See Item 14.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, which positions are currently held by the same person, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer concluded that as a result of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2020.2021.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for the preparation of our financial statements and related information. Management uses its best judgment to ensure that the financial statements present fairly, in material respects, our financial position and results of operations in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in the Exchange Act. These internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the reported financial information is presented fairly, that disclosures are adequate and that the judgments inherent in the preparation of financial statements are reasonable. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal controls including the possibility of human error and overriding of controls. Consequently, an effective internal control system can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to reporting financial information.

51

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to maintaining records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that the receipts and expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with our management and directors authorization; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention of or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Under the supervision of management, by our Chief Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) published in 2013 and subsequent guidance prepared by COSO specifically for smaller public companies. Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 20202021, for the reasons discussed below.

A material weakness is a deficiency or a combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Management identified the following material weakness in its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020:2021:

The Company did not maintain effective controls over certain aspects of the financial reporting process because: (i) we lack a sufficient complement of personnel with a level of accounting expertise and an adequate supervisory review structure that is commensurate with our financial reporting requirements, (ii) there is inadequate segregation of duties due to the limitation on theour limited number of our accounting personnel, and (iii) we have insufficient controls and processes in place to adequately verify the accuracy and completeness of spreadsheets that we use for a variety of purposes including revenue, taxes, stock-based compensation and other areas, and place significant reliance on, for our financial reporting.

We intend to take appropriate and reasonable steps to make the necessary improvements to remediate these deficiencies. We are committed to continuing to improve our financial organization including, without limitation, expanding our accounting staff and improving our systems and controls to reduce our reliance on the manual nature of our existing systems. However, due to our size and our financial resources, remediating the several identified weaknesses has not always been possible and may not be economically feasible now or in the future.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.

The material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, remained unchanged from December 31, 2019.2020. Management believes that the material weaknesses set forth above did not have an effect on our financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021.

We will continue to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an ongoing basis and are committed to taking further action and implementing additional enhancements or improvements, as necessary and as funds allow. We do not, however, expect that the material weaknesses in our disclosure controls will be remediated until such time as we have improved our internal control over financial reporting. In January of 2020, we implemented an inventory management system and perpetual inventory which we believe has addressed some of our weaknesses.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes identified in connection with our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2020,2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

52

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information about our Directors

The Company’s current directors are set forth below:

 

NameAgePositions & Committees
Anthony K. McDonald6263Chairman of the Board; Chief Executive Officer and President
James R. Shipley65DirectorDirector; Compensation Committee Chair; Audit Committee Member
Nicholas J. Etten52DirectorDirector; Nominating Committee Chair; Audit Committee Member
Troy L. Reisner54Director; Audit Committee Chair; Compensation Committee Member
Marion Mariathasan47Director; Nominating Committee Member

Certain information as of March 23, 2021, with respect to the Company’s current directors is set forth below. The business address of each of the directors is 1780 55th Street, Boulder,385 South Pierce Avenue, Suite C, Louisville, Colorado 80301.80027.

Name and Year First Elected DirectorBackground Information and Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years and Beyond
Anthony K. McDonald (2018)

Mr. McDonald was appointed a director on September 12, 2018. On November 28, 2018, Mr. McDonald was appointed our Chief Executive Officer and President. On June 24, 2020, Mr. McDonald was appointed Chairman of the Board. Mr. McDonald has been involved in building businesses in the cleantech, energy efficiency and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVACD”) industries over the past 10 years. From 2008 to 2018, Mr. McDonald led sales and business development as Vice-President—Sales for Coolerado Corp., a manufacturer and marketer of innovative, energy-efficient air conditioning systems for commercial, government, and military use. Along with Coolerado’s CEO, Mr. McDonald was instrumental in growing the business to become an INC. 600 high-growth company award winner and assisted in raising $15 million of private funding from a cleantech investment fund. In 2015, Coolerado was acquired by Seeley International, Australia’s largest air conditioning manufacturer and an innovative global leader in the design and production of energy-efficient cooling and heating products, where Mr. McDonald served as National Account Manager. He is also the founder and Managing Partner of Cleantechsell.com and the author of Cleantech Sell: The Essential Guide To Selling Resource Efficient Products In The B2B Market.

Prior to joining Coolerado, Mr. McDonald spent over ten years in the private equity industry where he was involved in numerous transactions in the technology, manufacturing, and power development industries. As a business development officer at several private equity acquisitions groups Mr. McDonald identified, financed, or acquired numerous transactions with total enterprise value in excess of $200 million.

Mr. McDonald was also a consultant to international banks with KMPG from 1994 to 1997 and served as a director for Keating Capital, Inc., a publicly traded business development company that made investments in pre-IPO companies. He previously served as a mentor for companies in the Clean Tech Open competition.

Mr. McDonald is a U.S. Army veteran and a graduate of the U.S. Military Academy at West Point, N.Y. where he earned a B.S. degree in Engineering and Economics. He also received an M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School.

Among the reasons for Mr. McDonald to be selected for service on the Board is his experience in sales, sales and operations management, mergers and acquisitions, the HVACD industry, his in-depth knowledge of climate control systems and technologies.

James R. Shipley (2020) 

Mr. Shipley was appointed a director on June 24, 2020. Mr. Shipley recently retired from AgTech Holdings where he was the Chief Strategy Officer of GroAdvisor and the Vice-President of Sales at VividGro since 2017. Since 2017, Mr. Shipley has assisted in design and build consulting along with supply chain management for cultivation operations in 12 states covering more than 500,000 square feet of warehouse indoor cultivation and continues to consult independently with operators in North America. From 2014 to 2017 Mr. Shipley, acting in several executive roles, helped build multiple business lines for MJIC Inc. (now CNSX: MSVN );MSVN); these roles included being a member of the board of directors, Chairman and President. Mr. Shipley is currently president and a principal in RSX Enterprises Inc., a sales agency and marketing firm that sells and markets equipment for use in controlled environment agriculture on behalf of various manufacturers. Mr. Shipley has been active in the cannabis business, where he has founded various summits such as the Marijuana Investor Summit and been involved in many educational workshops and business expos. Previously, Mr. Shipley was an officer and chief revenue officer with Carrier Access Corporation (CACS), a public company trading on Nasdaq. Prior to Carrier Access, Mr. Shipley worked at Williams Companies in their telecommunications divisions.divisions

 

Mr. Shipley has beenwas selected for service on the Board because of his experience in and commitment to the cannabis industry, his demonstrated and consistent record of success as an executive and entrepreneur, and his extensive network of contacts in the cannabis industry.

53
 

Nicholas J. Etten (2020)

Mr. Etten was appointed a director on June 24, 2020. Mr. Etten joined Acreage Holdings in 2018 where he is currentlyserved as the Head of Government Affairs.Affairs until 2021. Acreage is a vertically integrated, multi-state operator of cannabis licenses and assets in the U.S. In 2017 he founded the Veterans Cannabis Project where he continues to serve as Chairman. Veterans Cannabis Project (VCP) is an organization dedicated to advocating on behalf of cannabis access issues for U.S. military veterans. From 2015 to 2017, Mr. Etten set aside his career to provide care for his seriously ill son. Mr. Etten’s career has been focused on the growth equity market, and prior to Acreage, he held positions including Vice President of Global Business Development for FreightWatch International, and Director of Corporate Development for Triple Canopy. Mr. Etten was an investment professional at Trident Capital, where he focused on the cyber-security space, and an investment banker at Thomas Weisel Partners. Mr. Etten served on active duty as a U.S. Navy SEAL officer. He earned an MBA from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University, and a BS in political science from the United States Naval Academy.

Mr. Etten has beenwas selected for service on the Board because of his experience in and commitment to the cannabis industry, his experience with multi-site cannabis operators, his demonstrated and consistent record of success as an executive, and his extensive network of contacts in the cannabis industry and investment banking world.

Troy L. Reisner (2022)

Troy Reisner was appointed as a director on January 17, 2022. Mr. Reisner is currently the Chief Financial Officer at Keystone Tower Systems, Inc., headquartered in Denver, Colorado where he leads the finance and accounting functions, including raising capital and corporate governance matters, and serves as an executive team member. Prior to joining Keystone, Troy was a partner with the public accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP until his retirement. Troy brings significant cumulative knowledge and expertise in accounting & auditing, including PCAOB auditing standards, M&A transactions, financial due diligence, financial reporting, including expertise in SEC rules, regulations & reporting, internal controls over financial reporting, and capital market and corporate governance experience and expertise.

He earned a B.S. degree in Accounting from Southern Illinois University at Edwardsville and practiced as a Certified Public Accountant for over 30 years and is licensed (inactive) as a CPA in the State of Missouri.

Mr. Reisner was selected for service on the Board because of his long experience in the accounting industry and his experience working with public companies.

Marion Mariathasan (2022)

Marion Mariathasan was appointed as a director on January 17, 2022. Mr. Mariathasan is the CEO and Co-Founder of Simplifya, the cannabis industry’s leading regulatory and operational compliance software platform. The company’s suite of products takes the guesswork out of confusing and continually changing state and local regulations. Featuring SOPs, badge tracking, document storage, tailored reporting and employee accountability features, the company’s Custom Audit software reduces the time clients spend on compliance by up to 45 percent.

Mr. Mariathasan is also a serial entrepreneur who has founded or advised numerous startups. He is currently an investor in 22 domestic and international companies that range from cannabis companies to dating apps - four of which he serves as a board member.

Mr. Mariathasan studied Architecture and Computer Science at the University of Kansas and Computer Information Systems with a minor in Business Management from Emporia State University. Marion is a regular guest speaker at events such as Denver Start-Up Week, Colorado University’s program on social entrepreneurship, various universities on the topic of entrepreneurship and the United Nations Global Accelerator Initiative.

Mr. Mariathasan was selected for service on the Board because of his experience in and commitment to the cannabis industry, his demonstrated and consistent record of success as an executive and entrepreneur, and his extensive network of contacts in the cannabis industry.

Each of the directors on our Board of Directors was elected or appointed because he has demonstrated an ability to make meaningful contributions to our business and affairs and has skills, experience and background that are complementary to those of our other Board members.

54

Director Independence

The Board annually determinesNasdaq marketplace rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each director’s independence, although we are not required to have anymember of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominations committees be independent, or, if a listed company has no nominations committee, that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection by independent directors because the common stockconstituting a majority of the Company is not listed on a national exchange. We do not consider a directorboard’s independent unless the Board has determineddirectors. The Nasdaq marketplace rules further require that the person has no material relationship with us. We intend to monitor the relationships of our directors and officers through a questionnaire each director completes no less frequently than annually and updates periodically as information provided in the most recent questionnaire changes.

In order to evaluate the materiality of any such relationship, the Board uses the definition of directoraudit committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) promulgated by10A-3 under the Nasdaq Stock Market. TheExchange Act and that compensation committee members satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act.

Our Board has affirmatively determined that each of Messrs. Shipley, Etten, Mariathasan, and Etten are independent directors. Mr. McDonald is notReisner qualify as an independent director, as a resultdefined under the applicable corporate governance standards of his position asNasdaq.

Audit Committee

Our Board has established an executive officer.

Audit Committee, Functions

which as of the date of this report consists of three independent directors, Mr. Reisner (Chairman), Mr. Shipley and Mr. Etten. The Board currently does not have an Audit Committee. Rather, the functions that an audit committee would carry out are handled by the Board. Thesecommittee’s primary responsibilities include recommending the selection of our independent registered public accounting firm; evaluating the appointment, compensation and retention of our registered public accounting firm; receiving formal written statements from our independent registered public accounting firm regarding its independence, including a delineation of all relationships between it and the Company; reviewing with such independent registered public accounting firm the planning, scope and results of their audit of our financial statements; pre-approving the fees for services performed; reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the adequacy of internal control systems; reviewing our annual financial statements and periodic filings, and receiving our audit reports and financial statements. The BoardAudit Committee also considers the effect on the Company of any changes in accounting principles or practices proposed by management or the independent registered public accounting firm, any changes in service providers, such as the accountants, that could impact the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, and any changes in schedules (such as fiscal or tax year-end changes) or structures or transactions that required special accounting activities, services or resources. The Audit Committee annually will conduct an enterprise fraud risk assessment, and generally will oversee the enterprise risk assessment and management process framework to insure monitoring for identification, assessment and mitigation of all significant enterprise risk. The Audit Committee will oversee compliance with the code of ethics of the Company and assess waivers of the code. At least annually, the Audit Committee will review and approve all related party transactions that are required to be disclosed publicly in the Company SEC reports.

The Committee may act in reliance on management, the Company’s independent auditors, internal auditors, and advisors and experts, as it deems necessary or appropriate. The Committee has the power, in its discretion, to conduct any investigation it deems necessary or appropriate to enable it to carry out its duties.

 

NominationsThe Board has determined that each of our Audit Committee members are independent of management and free of any relationships that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment and are independent, as that term is defined under the enhanced independence standards for Directorsaudit committee members in the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.

The Board has determined that Mr. Reisner is an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined in the rules promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2012. The Board has further determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee shall be financially literate and that at least one member of the committee has accounting or related financial management expertise, as such terms are interpreted by the Board in its business judgment.

55

Compensation Committee

Our Board has established a Compensation Committee, which as of the date of this report consists of two independent directors, Mr. Shipley (Chairman), and Mr. Reisner. The committee’s primary responsibilities include approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to executive officer compensation and evaluate executive officer performance in light of those goals and objectives, determining and approving executive officer compensation, including base salary and incentive awards, making recommendations to the Board regarding compensation plans, and administering our stock plan.

Our Compensation Committee determines and approves all elements of executive officer compensation. It also provides recommendations to the Board with respect to non-employee director compensation. The Compensation Committee may not delegate its authority to any other person, other than to a subcommittee.

The Company compensation policies for executive officers has nottwo fundamental objectives: (i) to provide a competitive total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives with the skills and experience required for the achievement of business goals; and (ii) to align certain compensation elements with the Company’s annual performance goals. With respect to each of the Company’s executive officers, the total compensation that may be awarded, including base salary, discretionary cash bonuses, annual stock incentive awards, stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards, and other benefits and perquisites will be evaluated by the committee. Under certain circumstances, the committee may also award compensation payable upon termination of the executive officer under an employment agreement or severance agreement (if applicable). The Board recognizes that its overall goal is to award compensation that is reasonable when all elements of potential compensation are considered. The committee believes that cash compensation in the form of base salary and discretionary cash bonuses provides our executives with short-term rewards for success in operations, and that long-term compensation through the award of stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards aligns the objectives of management with those of our stockholders with respect to long-term performance and success. The Board also has historically focused on the Company’s financial condition when making compensation decisions and approving performance objectives and compensation has been weighted more heavily toward equity-based compensation. The committee will continue to periodically reassess the appropriate weighting of cash and equity compensation in light of the Company’s expenditures in connection with commercial operations and its cash resources and working capital needs.

Nominating Committee

Our Board has established a nominating committee. Accordingly,Nominating Committee, which as of the Board is responsible fordate of this report consists of two independent directors, Mr. Etten (Chairman), and Mr. Mariathasan. The committee’s primary responsibilities include identifying individuals qualified to serve on the Board as directors and on committees of the Board, establishing procedures for evaluating the suitability of potential director nominees consistent with the criteria approved by the Board, reviewing the suitability for continued service as a director when his or her term expires and at such other times as the Boardcommittee deems necessary or appropriate, and determining whether or not the director should be re-nominated, and reviewing the membership of the Board and its committees and recommending making changes, if any.

In evaluating director nominees, the Board of DirectorsNominating Committee will generally consider the following factors:

the appropriate size and composition of our Board of Directors;
whether or not the person is an “independent” director as defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) promulgated by the Nasdaq Stock Market;
the needs of the Company with respect to the particular talents and experience of its directors;
the knowledge, skills and experience of nominees in light of prevailing business conditions and the knowledge, skills and experience already possessed by other members of the Board of Directors;

56
 

familiarity with national and international business matters and the requirements of the industry in which we operate;
experience with accounting rules and practices;
the desire to balance the considerable benefit of continuity with the periodic injection of the fresh perspective provided by new members; and
all applicable laws, rules, regulations and listing standards, if applicable.

There are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, although the Boardcommittee may consider such factors as it may deem are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The BoardNominating Committee also believes it is appropriate for certain key members of our management to participate as members of the Board of Directors.

The BoardNominating Committee identifies nominees by first evaluating the current members of the Board willing to continue in service. Current members of the Board with skills and experience that are relevant to our business and who are willing to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, balancing the value of continuity of service by existing members of the Board with that of obtaining a new perspective. If any member of the Board does not wish to continue in service, or if the BoardNominating Committee decides not to re-nominate a member for re-election, the Boardcommittee identifies the desired skills and experience of a prospective director nominee in light of the criteria above, or determines to reduce the size of the Board. Research may also be performed to identify qualified individuals. To date, we have not engaged third parties to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying potential nominees, nor do we anticipate doing so in the future.

Stockholder Communications with Directors

Stockholders may communicate with the Board by sending a letter to the Corporate Secretary, SurnaCEA Industries Inc., 1780 55th Street, Boulder,385 South Pierce Avenue, Suite C, Louisville, Colorado 80301.80027. Each communication must set forth the name and address of the stockholder on whose behalf the communication is sent and should indicate in the address whether the communication is intended for the entire Board, the non-employee directors as a group or an individual director. Each communication will be screened by the Corporate Secretary or his designee to determine whether it is appropriate for presentation to the Board or any specified director(s). Examples of inappropriate communications include junk mail, spam, mass mailings, resumes, job inquiries, surveys, business solicitations and advertisements, as well as unduly hostile, threatening, illegal, unsuitable, frivolous, patently offensive or otherwise inappropriate material. Communications determined to be appropriate for presentation to the Board, or the director(s) to whom they are specifically addressed, will be submitted to the Board or such director(s) on a periodic basis. Any communications that concern accounting, internal control or auditing matters will be handled in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is available for review on our website at www.surna.comwww.ceaindustries.com and is also available in print, without charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by writing to us at SurnaCEA Industries Inc., 1780 55th Street, Boulder,385 South Pierce Avenue, Suite C, Louisville, Colorado 80301,80027 Attention: Corporate Secretary. Each of our directors, employees and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, and all of our other principal executive officers, are required to comply with the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. There have not been any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics relating to any of our executive officers or directors in the past year.

Meetings and Committees of the Board

Our Board is responsible for overseeing the management of our business. We keep our directors informed of our business at meetings and through reports and analyses presented to the Board and the committees of the Board, if any.Board. Regular communications between our directors and management also occur outside of formal meetings of the Board and committees of the Board.

57

Meeting Attendance

Our Board generally holds meetings on a quarterly basis but may hold additional meetings as required. In 2020,2021, the Board held four meetings. Each of our directors attended 100% of the Board meetings that were held during the periods when he was a director and 100% of the meetings of each committee of the Board on which he served that were held during the periods that he served on such committee. The Board also took a number of actions by unanimous consent, pursuant to Nevada corporate law and our by-laws. We do not have a policy requiring that directors attend our annual meetings of stockholders. We did not hold a 2020 annual meeting of stockholders.

Board Leadership Structure

The Board may, but is not required to, select a Chairman of the Board who presides over the meetings of the Board and meetings of the stockholders and performs such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board. The positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer may be filled by one individual or two different individuals. Currently the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer are held by Mr. McDonald.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

While risk management is primarily the responsibility of the Company’s management team, the Board is responsible for the overall supervision of the Company’s risk management activities. The Board as a whole has responsibility for risk oversight, and each Board committee has responsibility for reviewing certain risk areas and reporting to the full Board. The oversight responsibility of the Board and its committees is enabled by management reporting processes that are designed to provide visibility to the Board about the identification, assessment, and management of critical risks and management’s risk mitigation strategies in certain focus areas. These areas of focus include strategic, operational, financial and reporting, succession and compensation and other areas.

The Board oversees risks associated with their respective areas of responsibility. The Board oversees: (i) risks and exposures associated with our business strategy and other current matters that may present material risk to our financial performance, operations, prospects or reputation, (ii) risks and exposures associated with management succession planning and executive compensation programs and arrangements, including equity incentive plans, and (iii) risks and exposures associated with director succession planning, corporate governance, and overall board effectiveness.

Management provides regular updates to the Board regarding the management of the risks they oversee at each regular meeting of the Board. We believe that the Board’s role in risk oversight must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and that our existing Board’s role in risk oversight is appropriate. However, we continually re-examine the manners in which the Board administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet the Company’s needs.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) requires our executive officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of our common stock to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC. Such persons are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) reports filed by such persons.

Based solely on our review of the copies of such reports furnished to us, we believe that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020,2021, all executive officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners of our common stock complied with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, except as stated hereinafter,Act. Subsequent to December 31, 2021, due to an administrative oversight, Mr. McDonald, the Chief Executive Officer,Shipley filed a late Form 4 report, on March 12, 2021,January 18, 2022, indicating andthe acquisition of 268,7003,125 nonqualified stock options on February 16, 2021.January 3, 2022, and, Mr. Etten filed a late Form 4 report, on January 18, 2022, indicating the acquisition of 3,125 nonqualified stock options on January 3, 2022 Additionally, Mr. Mariathasan filed a late Form 3 report on January 21, 2022 and a late Form 4 report, on January 21, 2022, indicating the acquisition of 3,367 restricted stock units on January 17, 2022. Mr. Reisner filed a late Form 3 report on January 21, 2022, and a late Form 4 report, on January 21, 2022, indicating the acquisition of 3,367 restricted stock units on January 17, 2022. The delayed filings of the reports for both Mr. Mariathasan and Mr. Reisner were due to the time it took to obtain their Edgar codes.

58

Executive OfficerOfficers

Executive officers are appointed by our Board and serve at its discretion. Set forth below is information regarding our executive officers as of March 22, 2021.the date of this report.

NameAgePositions
Anthony K. McDonald*McDonald6263Chief Executive Officer and President; Director
Ian K. Patel 48 
* Mr. McDonald currently also serves as our PrincipalChief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Accounting Officer.Secretary*

*Mr. Patel commenced employment in the aforestated positions on March 11, 2022, replacing Mr. Brian Knaley, who resigned on February 18, 2022.

Mr. McDonald’s biographical information is included with such information for the other members of our Board.

Mr. Patel served as an advisor to Maxwell Financial Labs, LLC, from October 2021 to March 2022. From July 2018 through September 2021, he served as Vice President of Finance and Investor Relations for FourPoint Energy LLC, where he was responsible for finance, treasury, corporate development and strategy. Prior to FourPoint, Mr. Patel served as Chief Financial Officer of S&A Resources, LLC, a private equity backed oil and gas company. Mr. Patel began his career as an investment banker with Citigroup and Goldman Sachs. During his investment banking career, Mr. Patel executed over $30 billion of M&A/advisory assignments and led capital market transactions of over $15 billion for clients. Mr. Patel holds an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, a JD from Harvard Law School, and a BS from the University of California at Riverside.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Director Compensation Program

On January 2, 2020,August 20, 2021, the Board approvedof Directors revised the previously adopted equity-based compensation plan and adopted a revisednew compensation plan for independent directors. Under this plan,directors (the “Plan”). The Plan is effective retroactively for the current independent directors and for independent directors elected or appointed after the Effective Date of the Plan.

The Company was towill pay its independent directors an annual cash fee of $30,000,$15,000, payable quarterly in advance covering attendanceon the first business day of each calendar quarter, retroactive commencing July 1, 2021, as consideration for their participation in: (i) any regular and special meetings of the Board and any committee participation and meetings thereof that are attended in person, (ii) any telephonic and other forms of electronic meetings of the Board or of any committee thereof in which the director is a member, (iii) any non-meeting consultations with the Company’s management, and (iv) any other services provided by them in their capacities as directors. In addition, on the first business day of January each year after the Effective Date, each independent director will receive a grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options valued at all$15,000. As part of the retroactive compensation, each independent director on the Board as of the Effective Date will receive an additional grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options valued at $7,500 for service in 2021.

Subsequent to the financial statement date, on January 17, 2022, the Board of Directors revised the previously adopted compensation plan. This plan supersedes the plan adopted on August 20, 2021. The Plan is effective retroactively for the current independent directors and for independent directors elected or appointed after the Effective Date.

The plan is divided into two phases: from the Effective Date of the Plan until February 9, 2022, the day prior to the uplisting of the Company to Nasdaq. (“Pre-uplist”) and from February 10, 2022, the uplist date forward (“Post-uplist”).

Pre-uplist phase: The Company paid its independent directors an annual cash fee of $15,000, payable quarterly in advance on the first business day of each quarter, as consideration for their participation in: (i) any regular or special meetings of the Board or any committee thereof (includingattended in person, (ii) any telephonic meetings)meeting of the Board or any committee thereof in which the director is a member, (iii) any non-meeting consultations with the Company’s management, and (iv) any other services provided by them in their capacities as a directordirectors (other than services as the Chairman of the Board, and lead independent director and the Chairman of the Audit Committee).

Under this plan, the Company was to pay the Chairman of the Board and lead independent director an additional annual fee of $15,000, payable in cash quarterly in advance.

Also, under this plan, the Company was to pay theCompany’s Audit Committee, Chairman an additional annual fee of $15,000, payable in cash quarterly in advance, for his services asand the Audit Committee Chairman. There was no additional compensation paid to members of the Audit Committee.Chairman).

For independent directors elected or appointed on or after January 1, 2020, atAt the time of initial election or appointment, theeach independent director received an equity retention award consistingin the form of a grant of non-qualifiedrestricted stock options to purchase 500,000 sharesunits (“RSUs”). The aggregate value of the Company’s common stock. The options vested 50% uponRSUs at the time of grant and 50%was to be $25,000, with the number of shares underlying the RSUs to be determined based on the first anniversary of the grant date, had a term of 10 years, and an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Marketsthe date immediately prior to the date of grant. Vesting of the RSUs was as follows: (i) 50% at the time of grant, and (ii) 50% on the day immediately precedingfirst anniversary of the grant date.

59

In addition, on the first business day of January each year, each independent director received a grantwill also receive an equity retention award in the form of non-qualified stock options to purchase 250,000 sharesRSUs. The aggregate value of the Company’s common stock, which options immediately vested onRSUs at the datetime of grant had a termwill be $25,000, with the number of 10 years, and an exercise price equalshares underlying the RSUs to be determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the daydate immediately preceding the grant date. In the case of a mid-year election or appointment, the 250,000 options were pro-rated for each full quarter of service in the year of appointment.

For each of the two independent directors serving on January 1, 2020, Messrs. Keating and Simonton, the Board also approved a special one-time grant of non-qualified stock optionsprior to purchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, in recognition of the prior services of each such independent director. These non-qualified stock options were granted January 2, 2020, were immediately vested on the date of grant, had a termgrant. These RSUs will be fully vested at date of 10 years, and hadgrant.

The Company pays the Audit Committee Chairman an exercise priceadditional annual fee of $0.07 per share,$10,000, payable quarterly in advance, for services as the closing priceAudit Committee Chairman.

The Company pays the Chairmen of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the day immediately preceding the grant date.

On March 26, 2020, Timothy J. Keating resigned as Chairmanany other committees of the Board andan additional annual fee of $5,000, payable quarterly in advance, for services as a memberCommittee Chairman.

There is no additional compensation paid to members of any committee of the Board and J. Taylor Simonton resigned as a member of the Board.

On June 24, 2020, the Board adopted a new plan for Director compensation (the “Plan”) related to the appointment of Messrs. Shipley and Etten as directors. Under the Plan, each such independent director will receive an equity award consisting of a grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The options will vest 50% upon grant and 50% on April 1, 2021, if the Director remains Interested (i.e. Executive directors) serving on the Board up to that time.do not receive compensation for their Board service.

Post-uplist phase: The options have a termCompany will pay its independent directors an annual cash fee of 5 years$25,000, payable quarterly in advance on the first business day of each quarter. All other terms remain the same.

Each director is responsible for the payment of any and have an exercise price equalall income taxes arising with respect to the closing priceissuance of common stock and the vesting and settlement of RSUs.

The Company reimburses independent directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings and undertaking certain matters on the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the day immediately preceding the grant date. Options will also provide that they will expire 3 months after the termination of service to the Company for any reason. The directors will not receive any cash payment for meeting attendance.behalf.

Effective June 24, 2020, the Company appointed two new independent directors, James R. Shipley and Nicholas J. Etten, and Mr. McDonald was appointed Chairman of the Board.

Both newAll independent directors, Messrs. Shipley, Etten, Reisner, and Etten,Mariathasan are subject to the Plan.

The board of directors, acting unanimously, may also grant additional stock options to the independent directors, no more frequently than every six months in recognition of special services as a director to the Company, which award will not be greater than 1,000,000 per award, with an exercise period of not greater than three years, on the same general terms as the award on initial election or appointment.

Each independent director is responsible for the payment of any and all income taxes arising with respect to the issuance of any equity awarded under the plan, including the exercise of any non-qualified stock options.

The Company also reimburses independent directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings and undertaking certain matters on the Company’s behalf.

Employee directors do not receive separate fees for their services as directors.

Indemnification; Insurance

 

Under the Nevada Revised Statutes and pursuant to our charter and bylaws, as currently in effect, the Company may indemnify the Company’s officers and directors for various expenses and damages resulting from their acting in these capacities. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our officers and directors pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Company’s directors the maximum indemnification permitted under the Nevada Revised Statutes, unless otherwise limited by the Company’s charter and bylaws. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Company shall indemnify the director or executive officer who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding. Each indemnification agreement further provides that the applicable provisions of the Company’s charter and bylaws regarding indemnification shall control in the event of any conflict with any provisions of such indemnification agreements.

The Company may secure insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Company for any liability arising out of his actions, regardless of whether the Nevada Revised Statues would permit indemnification. The Company currently has obtained liability insurance for its officers and directors.

60

Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by or awarded or paid in 20202021 to the individuals who served as our independent directors during such period.

Name 

Fees Earned

or Paid in

Cash

  

Stock

Awards

  

Option Awards

(1), (2)

  Total 
James R. Shipley $-  $-  $19,800  $19,800 
Nicholas J. Etten $-  $-  $19,800  $19,800 
                 

(1) Reflects the dollar amount of the grant date fair value of awards, measured in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 (“Topic 718”) without adjustment for estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the value of equity awards, refer to Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 included in this Annual Report.

 

(2) Reflects grant to each independent director on June 24, 2020 of non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

Disclosure Relating to Former Directors

Name Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash (1)
  Stock
Awards
  Option Awards (2), (3)  Total 
James R. Shipley $7,500  $       -  $7,500  $15,000 
Nicholas J. Etten $7,500  $-  $7,500  $15,000 

(1) Excludes reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Mr. Keating was a Director of the Company until his resignation in March 2020. During the period from January 1, 2020 until his resignation, Mr. Keating received $7,500 fees paid or earned in cash and stock option non-qualified stock options to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $14,625 in respect of the annual 2020 grant in recognition of his prior services to the Company.

Mr. Simonton was a Director of the Company until his resignation in March 2020. During the period from January 1, 2020 until his resignation, Mr. Keating received $7,500 fees paid or earned in cash and stock option non-qualified stock options to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $14,625 in respect of the annual 2020 grant in recognition of his prior services to the Company.

The aggregate number of non-qualified stock options held as of December 31, 2020 by each independent director are as follows:

Name Shares Underlying Non-Qualified Stock Options (1)  Shares Underlying Restricted Stock Units  Total 
James R. Shipley  1,000,000      1,000,000 
Nicholas J. Etten  1,000,000      1,000,000 
             
(1) Includes grant to each independent director on June 24, 2020 of non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock 

.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Company has not established a compensation committee. Accordingly, the Board is responsible for setting compensation policies for executive officers which has two fundamental objectives: (i) to provide a competitive total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives with the skills and experience required for the achievement of business goals; and (ii) to align certain compensation elements with the Company’s annual performance goals. The Board considers, with respect to each of the Company’s executive officers, the total compensation that may be awarded, including base salary, discretionary cash bonuses, annual stock incentive awards, stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards, and other benefits and perquisites. Under certain circumstances, the Board may also award compensation payable upon termination of the executive officer under an employment agreement or severance agreement (if applicable). The Board recognizes that its overall goal is to award compensation that is reasonable when all elements of potential compensation are considered. The Board believes that cash compensation in the form of base salary and discretionary cash bonuses provides our executives with short-term rewards for success in operations, and that long-term compensation through the award of stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards aligns the objectives of management with those of our stockholders with respect to long-term performance and success.

The Board also has historically focused on the Company’s financial condition when making compensation decisions and approving performance objectives. Because the Company has historically sought to preserve cash and currently does not operate at a profit, overall compensation traditionally has been weighted more heavily toward equity-based compensation. The Board will continue to periodically reassess the appropriate weighting of cash and equity compensation in light of the Company’s expenditures in connection with commercial operations and its cash resources and working capital needs.

51

Summary Executive Compensation Table

The following table summarizes compensation earned by or awarded or paid to our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Name and Principal Position Year Salary  Bonus  Stock Awards (1)  Option Awards (1)  Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation  Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings  All Other Compensation  Total 
Anthony K. McDonald - Chief Executive Officer and President (2) 2020 $174,593  $20,000  $-  $33,333  $-  $-  $15,314  $243,240 
  2019 $180,000  $-  $-  $58,532  $-  $-  $13,900  $252,432 

(1)(2) Reflects the dollar amount of the grant date fair value of awards, granted in 2019 or 2020, measured in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 (“Topic 718”) without adjustment for estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the value of equity awards, refer to Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202021, included in this Annual Report.

 

(3) Reflects grant to each independent director on August 20, 2021, of non-qualified stock options to purchase 769 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The aggregate number of non-qualified stock options held as of December 31, 2021, by each independent director are as follows:

Name Shares Underlying Non-Qualified Stock Options (1)  Shares Underlying Restricted Stock Units  Total 
James R. Shipley  7,436           7,436 
Nicholas J. Etten  7,436      7,436 
 
(1) Includes grant to each independent director on June 24, 2020, of non-qualified stock options to purchase 6,667 shares of the Company’s common stock and a grant to each independent director on August 20, 2021, of non-qualified stock options to purchase 769 shares of the Company’s common stock.

In accordance with the August 20, 2021 director compensation plan, non-qualified stock options to purchase 3,125 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued on January 3, 2022 to both Mr. Shipley and Mr. Etten. Additionally, on January 4, 2022, cash fees of $3,750 were paid to both directors.

Subsequent to the financial statement date, the following cash fees were paid to directors based on the January 17, 2022 compensation plan.

Name Cash Fees Paid 
James R. Shipley $1,250 
Nicholas J. Etten $1,250 
Troy L. Reisner $6,250 
Marion Mariathasan $3,750 

61

Subsequent to the financial statement date, the following restricted stock units were issued to directors based on the January 17, 2022 compensation plan.

NameShares Underlying Restricted Stock Units
Troy L. Reisner3,367
Marion Mariathasan3,367

These restricted stock units are subject to the vesting schedule detailed in the compensation plan. 50% vested at the time of grant and 50% will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

Disclosure Relating to Former Directors

Mr. Keating was a Director of the Company until his resignation in March 2020. During the period from January 1, 2020 until his resignation, Mr. Keating received $7,500 in fees paid or earned in cash and non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,667 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $14,625 in respect of the annual 2020 grant in recognition of his prior services to the Company.

Mr. Simonton was a Director of the Company until his resignation in March 2020. During the period from January 1, 2020 until his resignation, Mr. Keating received $7,500 in fees paid or earned in cash and non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,667 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $14,625 in respect of the annual 2020 grant in recognition of his prior services to the Company.

Executive Compensation

Summary Executive Compensation Table

The following table summarizes compensation earned by or awarded or paid to our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Name and Principal Position Year  Salary  Bonus  Stock Awards (1)  Option Awards (1)  Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation  Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings  All Other Compensation  Total 
Anthony K. McDonald - Chief Executive Officer and President (2)  2021  $216,731  $50,000  $73,498  $360,378  $          -  $-  $49,383  $722,339 
   2020  $174,593  $20,000  $-  $58,532  $-  $-  $15,314  $243,240 
                                     
Richard B. Knaley - Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (3)  2021  $120,192  $-  $-  $  122,000  $-  $-  $4,275  $246,467 

(1) Reflects the dollar amount of the grant date fair value of awards granted in 2020 or 2021, measured in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 (“Topic 718”) without adjustment for estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the value of equity awards, refer to Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, included in this Annual Report.

(2) Mr. McDonald was appointed Chief Executive Officer and President in November 2018. Amounts presented include all compensation for Mr. McDonald for the full 20192020 and 20202021 years. Bonus includes cash bonus paid in recognition of services rendered and contributions to the Company’s performance in 2019. 20192020 and 2021. 2021 stock awards include 6,803 shares of common stock issued in relation to a new employment agreement effective November 24, 2021. 2021 option awards include non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,000,0001,791 shares of common stock awarded in JanuaryFebruary 2021, pursuant to the 2020 based on our 2019 performanceIncentive Compensation Plan, incentive stock options to purchase 40,816 shares of common stock, and Mr. McDonald’s contributionsnon-qualified stock options to such performance, somepurchase 4,453 shares of whichcommon stock both awarded in the November 24, 2021 employment agreement. Some of these options are subject to certain to vesting (see Outstanding Equity Awards table, below). 2020 option awards include non-qualified stock options to purchase 268,7006,667 shares of common stock awardedunder our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan in February 2021, based on Mr. McDonald’s 2020 performance.recognition of his performance during 2019. The options vested and became exercisable on the grant date. Other compensation in 20192020 and 20202021 includes (i) employer-paid portion of health plan benefits ($6,7007,780 and $7,780,$8,282, respectively), and (ii) employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan ($7,2007,535 and $7,535,$10,685, respectively), and (iii) other fringe benefits and taxes ($0 and $30,416, respectively).

Disclosure Relating to Former Executives

(3) Mr. BechtelKnaley was Chief Executive Officer and President from August 2017 until his resignation in November 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, Mr. Bechtel received salary of $7,561 in respect of services provided in the prior year.

Mr. Smiens wasappointed Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from July 2018, and Secretary from September 2018, untilin June 2021. Amounts presented include all compensation for Mr. Knaley for 2021. Option awards include non-qualified stock options to purchase 2,000,000 shares of common stock awarded subject to his terminationemployment agreement. Some of employment in December 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, Mr. Smiens received slasy of $18,454 in respect of services provided in the prior year.

these options are subject to certain vesting (see Outstanding Equity Awards table, below). Other compensation includes the employer-paid portion of health plan benefits.

Mr. Knaley resigned his position as Chief Financial Officer effective February 18, 2022, and the options to purchase the shares under the common stock award were terminated on March 20, 2022.

62

Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.2021.

  Option Awards  Stock Awards   Option Awards Stock Awards 
Name  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable   Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable   Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options   Option Exercise Price  Option Expiration Date  Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested   Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested   Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested   Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options Option Exercise Price Option Expiration Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (1) 
Anthony K. McDonald (1)  5,000,000        $0.089  11/28/2028            
Anthony K. McDonald (1) (2) (3)  33,333        $13.35   11/28/2028             
  1,000,000        $0.070  1/2/2030              6,667        $10.50   1/2/2030             
  268,700        $0.130  2/16/2031                  

1,791

        $19.50   2/16/2031             
  15,089   30,179     $

7.35

   11/24/2031             
Richard B. Knaley (4)  1,667   11,667     $9.15   6/28/2031                 

(1) On November 28, 2018, we granted to Mr. McDonald non-qualified stock options to purchase 5,000,00033,333 shares of common stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, of which: (i) 1,000,0006,667 options vested and became exercisable on the grant date, (ii) 2,000,00013,333 options vested and became exercisable on December 31, 2019, and (iii) 2,000,00013,333 options vested and became exercisable on December 31, 2020. On January 2, 2020, we granted to Mr. McDonald non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,000,0006,667 shares of common stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan in recognition of his performance during 2019, which options vested and became exercisable on the grant date. On February 16, 2021, we granted to Mr. McDonald non-qualified stock options to purchase 268,7001,791 shares of common stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan in recognition of his performance during 2020, which options vested and became exercisable on the grant date.

(2) On November 24, 2021, we granted to Mr. McDonald non-qualified stock options to purchase 4,452 shares of common stock under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, of which: (i) 1,484 options vested and became exercisable on the grant date, (ii) 1,484 options will vest and became exercisable on November 24, 2022, and (iii) 1,484 options will vest and became exercisable on November 24, 2023. Also on November 24, 2021, we granted to Mr. McDonald incentive stock options to purchase 40,815 shares of common stock under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan of which: (i) 13,605 options vested and became exercisable on the grant date, (ii) 13,605 options will vest and became exercisable on November 24, 2022, and (iii) 13,605 options will vest and became exercisable on November 24, 2023. These grants were in accordance with a new Executive Employment Agreement effective November 24, 2021.

(3) On November 24, 2021, we granted Mr. McDonald 6,803 restricted shares of common stock under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, in accordance with a new Executive Employment Agreement effective November 24, 2021.

(4) On June 28, 2021, we granted to Mr. Knaley non-qualified stock options to purchase 13,333 shares of common stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, of which: 1,667 options vested and became exercisable on the grant date. The balance of the non-qualified options were to vest and become exercisable as follows: (i) 2,780 on June 30, 2022, (ii) 4,433 June 30, 2023, and (iii) 4,453 June 30, 2024. These options were in accordance with his Employment Agreement effective June 28, 2021. Mr. Knaley resigned on February 18, 2022, and all the foregoing options terminated on March 20, 2022.

Compensation Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

Anthony K. McDonald

On November 28, 2018,24, 2021, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. McDonald, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President. The initial term of the employment agreement commenced on November 28, 201824, 2021, for a one-year term that is automatically extended for an additional three years upon completion by the Company of a “qualified offering.” After the initial term (as may be extended), the employment agreement automatically renews for one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal is given 90 days prior to the end of the then expiring term. A qualified offering is (A) the closing of a sale of the securities of the Company, whether in a private placement or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or (B) the occurrence of an up-listing event (i.e., having the Company’s stock quoted on an alternative trading platform from the Over-the-Counter (OTC) exchange to a major stock exchange).

Mr. McDonald will be paid an annualized base salary of $275,000 per year, which increased to $350,000 per year upon the completion of the Qualified Offering on February 15, 2022. The base salary will be reviewed at least annually prior to the end of each calendar year to ascertain whether, in the judgment of the board of directors, it should be increased for the next calendar year. Mr. McDonald is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus under the Company’s annual incentive compensation plan and was to continue until December 31, 2020. During thepolicy for each full completed calendar year ended December 31, 2020,of employment during the term as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion. Mr. McDonald’sMcDonald will be eligible for an annual target bonus of fifty percent of the base salary. Payment of the annual bonus may be made in the form of cash, stock, or a combination thereof, as determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors. Mr. McDonald will also receive an immediate cash amount of $50,000, payable promptly after the signing of the employment agreement.

63

Mr. McDonald, at the signing of the employment agreement was extendedissued 6,803 shares of common stock, which has an aggregate fair market value of $50,000, and was paid a gross up on that amount for federal state and local income tax. Mr. McDonald was awarded a stock option to December 31, 2021. However,purchase 45,269 shares of common stock under the 2021 Stock Award Plan, that was approved by shareholders, with an exercise price of $7.35 per share, the price of a share of common stock on the day immediately prior to the signing of the employment agreement. The vesting of the options is at the rate of one-third on each of the date of the signing of the employment agreement and the first and second anniversary of the signing of the employment agreement. The option, once vested, is exercisable for ten years from the date the employment contract was signed. Vesting will be accelerated upon a change of control of the Company and certain termination events.

Mr. McDonald may terminateis entitled to participate in the employment agreement, atCompany employee benefit plans, including any time, with or without cause, by providing the other party with 30-days’ prior written notice. In the event Mr. McDonald’s employment is terminatedgroup health and welfare insurance and profit sharing and 401(k) plans that are sponsored generally by the Company duringfor its employees, as may be offered from time to time. Notwithstanding the initial term without cause,foregoing, the Company may modify or terminate any employee benefit plan at any time. Mr. McDonald will be entitled to receivevacation, personal days, sick days and expense reimbursement. If Mr. McDonald’s employment is terminated for cause, due to death, due to disability or voluntary resignation, he will be paid his base salary to the date of termination, any unpaid annual bonus, COBRA benefits and any unpaid expense reimbursement. If he is terminated without cause or he resigns for an additional 30 days. Followinggood reason, then he will be paid one year’s base salary, and the initial term,annual bonus for that year. The employment agreement has typical activity restrictions for non-solicitation of customers and employees of the Company and Mr. McDonald may extend thecovenants for confidentiality, non-competition, inventions and protection of Company intellectual property.

Separately from his prior employment agreement for additional one-year terms by mutual written agreement. Under the employment agreement, Mr. McDonald received in 2019 an annualized base salary of $180,000. Effective January 1, 2020, the annualized base salary was increased to $200,000.

Under the employment agreement, the Board approved an award of non-qualified stock options to purchase 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be modified and amended by the Company from time to time (the “2017 Equity Plan”), which vest as follows: (i) 1,000,000 options vested and became exercisable ondated November 28, 2018, the grant date, (ii) 2,000,000 options vested and became exercisable on December 31, 2019, and (iii) 2,000,000 options vested and became exercisable on December 31, 2020. The exercise price of these options is $0.089, based on the closing of the Company’s common stock on November 27, 2018. In the event of a change of control involving the Company, any non-qualified stock options not already vested will become vested, provided Mr. McDonald continues to provide services to the Company on the date immediately preceding the date of the change of control.

In consideration of the grant of the above non-qualified stock options, Mr. McDonald agreed to cancel 197,368 RSUs, which were granted to him as an equity retention award in connection with Mr. McDonald’s appointment to the Board on September 12, 2018 and which had not vested as of November 28, 2018.

On January 2, 2020, the Board also awarded Mr. McDonald a special one-time grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,000,0006,667 shares of the Company’s common stock and a $20,000 cash bonus, in recognition of his services as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer during 2019. These non-qualified stock options were immediately vested on the date of grant, had a term of 10 years, and had an exercise price of $0.07$10.50 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the day immediately preceding the grant date.

On Further, on February 16, 2021, Mr. McDonald was awarded non-qualified stock options to purchase 268,7001,791 shares of common stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. This grant was based on his performance during 2020. The options vested and became exercisable on the grant date. The associated equity compensation expense was accrued during 2020.

Ian K. Patel

Mr. Patel is employed on an at will basis, provided that either the Company or Mr. Patel may terminate his employment agreement, at any time, with or without cause, by providing the other party with 30-days’ prior written notice. In the event Mr. Patel’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, Mr. Patel will be entitled to receive his base salary for an additional 30 days. Mr. Patel will receive an annualized base salary of $275,000, and he also is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus as described in the Company’s Annual Incentive Compensation Plan and Policy. Mr. Patel is entitled to participate in those various employee benefits that the Company generally offers to its employees from time to time. The employment agreement also provides for typical activity restrictions such as non-competition and assignment of invention provisions.

As part of his compensation pursuant to his employment agreement, on March 11, 2022, the Board granted Mr. Patel non-qualified stock options to purchase up to 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which vest as follows: (i) 2,000 options vested and became exercisable on the grant date, (ii) 3,000 options vest and become exercisable on March 11, 2023, if Mr. Patel continues to be employed by the Company on that date, (iii) 5,000 options vest and become exercisable on March 11, 2024, if Mr. Patel continues to be employed by the Company on that date, and (iv) 5,000 options vest and become exercisable on March 11, 2025, if Mr. Patel continues to be employed by the Company on that date. The exercise price of these options is $2.20 and was based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on March 10, 2022. In the event of a change of control involving the Company, any unvested stock options will become vested on the date of the change of control, provided Mr. Patel is employed on the date of the change of control.

64

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by (i) each of our directors, (ii) each of our named executive officers, (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) all persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. stock as of the date of the filing of this report.

The Company has determined the beneficial ownership shown on this table in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, shares are considered beneficially owned if held by the person indicated, or if such person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares the power to vote, to direct the voting of and/or to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such shares. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of shares if that person has the right to acquire such shares within 60 days through the exercise of any warrant, option or right or through conversion of a security. Except as otherwise indicated in the accompanying footnotes, the information in the table below is based on information as of March 23, 2021.29, 2022. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the following table, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to shares of common and preferred stock and the address for such person is c/o SurnaCEA Industries Inc. 1780 55th Street, Boulder, Colorado 80301.385 South Pierce Avenue, Suite C, Louisville, CO 80027.

  Common Stock  Preferred Stock 
Name of Beneficial Owner Number of Shares Owned Beneficially (1)  Percentage of Class (2)  Number of Shares Owned Beneficially (1)  Percentage of Class (3) 
             
Directors                
Anthony K. McDonald (4)  6,466,068   2.7%  -   - 
James R. Shipley (5)  1,000,000   0.4%        
Nicholas J. Etten (6)  1,000,000   0.4%        
                 
Executive Officers who are not Directors  -   -   -   - 
                 
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group  8,466,068   3.5%  -   - 
                 
5% or More Stockholders                
John F. Jansen (7)  15,253,546   6.4%  -   - 
Brandy M. Keen (8)  13,020,614   5.5%  -   - 
Morgan Paxhia (9)  -   -   33,428,023   79.5%
                 

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(2) Based on a total of 236,526,638 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding as of March 23, 2021.

 

(3) Based on a total of 42,030,331 shares of the Company’s preferred stock issued and outstanding as of March 23, 2021. The holders of preferred stock vote as a separate class on matters affecting the preferred stock.

 

(4) Includes 6,268,700 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of which 268,700 were granted on 02/16/21.

 

(5) Includes 1,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

 

(6) Includes 1,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

 

(7) Beneficial ownership based on Schedule 13G dated May 25, 2018 filed by Mr. Jansen with the SEC, and share ownerhsip reported by Mr. Jansen to the Company as of March 8, 2020. Includes 2,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days. The address for Mr. Jansen is 4910 Kaylan Court, Richmond, TX 77407.

 

(8) Beneficial ownership based on share ownership reported by Ms. Keen to the Company as of March 4, 2021. Includes shares of common stock held jointly with her spouse, Stephen B. Keen. The address for the Keens is 359 Ash Juniper Dr., New Braunfels, TX 78132.

 

(9) Includes 33,428,023 shares of preferred stock owned by Demeter Capital Group LP (“Demeter”). Mr. Paxhia and his sister, Emily Paxhia, are the managing members of Poseidon Asset Management, LLC (“Poseidon”), which is the general partner and/or investment manager of Demeter and in such capacity exercises voting and dispositive power over the securities beneficially owned by Demeter. The address for Mr. Paxhia, Ms. Paxhia, Poseidon and Demeter is 130 Frederick Street, #102, San Francisco, CA 94117.

   Common Stock 
Name of Beneficial Owner  Number of Shares Owned Beneficially (1)   Percentage of Class (2) 
         
Directors        
Anthony K. McDonald (3)  64,999   *%
James R. Shipley (4)  10,561   *%
Nicholas J. Etten (5)  10,561   *%
Troy L. Reisner (6)  1,684   *%
Marion Mariathasan (7)  1,684   *%
         
Executive Officers who are not Directors        
Ian K. Patel (8)  2,000   *%
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group  91,488   *%
         
5% or More Stockholders        
Lind Global Partners II, LLC (9)  400,000   5.1%
Maier J. Tarlow (10)  

424,113

   5.4%

*Represents less than 0.1%.

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

(2) Based on a total of 7,784,444 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding as of March 29, 2022.

(3) Includes 56,881 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days and does not include 30,180 shares of common stock that become exercisable in the future.

(4) Includes 10,561 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

(5) Includes 10,561 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days.

(6) Includes 1,684 shares of common stock issued as restricted stock units and does not include 1,683 shares of restricted stock units issuable in the future.

(7) Includes 1,684 shares of common stock issued as restricted stock units and does not include 1,683 shares of restricted stock units issuable in the future.

(8) Includes 2,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days and does not include 13,000 shares of common stock that become exercisable in the future.

(9) Jeff Easton is the managing member of Lind Global Partners II LLC, which is the general partner of Lind Global Fund II LP. Mr. Easton has the sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Lind Global Fund II LP. The address of the fund is 444 Madison Avenue, Floor 41, New York, New York 10022. The foregoing is based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 23, 2022, with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(10) Represents 141,371 shares held by 3i LP 84-3800874, 141,371 shares held by 3i Management LLC 84-3590483 and 141,371 shares held by Maier Joshua Tarlow, for a total of 424,113 shares of common stock. Each of the foregoing entities claim shared voting and dispositive authority over the shares. The office address of the reporting persons is 140 Broadway, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10005. The foregoing is based on a Schedule 13G filed on February 25, 2022, with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

65

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Transactions with Related Parties

The following describes certain agreementsOn January 7, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with RSX Enterprises, Inc. (RSX), a company controlled by Mr. James R. Shipley, a director of the Company. RSX provided consulting services to the Company focused on product offerings, engineering requirements, key customer marketing outreach, and transactions betweenrelated matters, as mutually determined by the Company and its co-founders, BrandyRSX. The Company paid a monthly consulting fee of $6,500 for up to 50 hours per month for the various consulting activities undertaken and Stephen Keen (the “Co-founders”).provided for reimbursement of expenses. The Co-founders held various executive officer and director positions with the Company until May 2018. Onetotal amount paid on this agreement was $19,500. The term of the Co-founders alsoagreement was a consultantset for three months. Any intellectual property developed by RSX will belong to the Company, until May 2018. and the contract provides for typical indemnification obligations and confidentiality provisions.

The Co-founders are also shareholders of the Company. Based on information available to the Company, the Co-founders did not own more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock at any time during 2020 or 2019.

Equipment, Demonstration and Product Testing Agreement. In May 2017, wecompany entered into a three-year equipment, demonstration and product testingmanufacturer representative agreement with RSX Enterprises in March 2021 to become a licensed cannabis cultivation company affiliated with Mr. Keen. Under this agreement, we agreed to lease the cultivation company certain cultivation equipment in exchange for a quarterly fee of $16,500, which was increased to $18,330 to reflect additional leased equipment requested by the cultivation company (the “Lease Fee”). In consideration for access to the cultivation facility to conduct demonstration tours andnon-exclusive representative for the product testingCompany to assist in marketing and datasoliciting orders. James R. Shipley, a current director of the Company, has a significant ownership interest in RSX.

Under the manufacturer representative agreement, RSX will act as a non-exclusive representative for the Company within the United States, Canada and Mexico and may receive a commission for qualified customer leads. The agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2021, with automatic one-year renewal terms unless prior notice is given 90 days prior to be provided byeach annual expiration. During the cultivation company, we agreed to payyear ended December 31, 2021, the cultivation company a quarterly fee of $12,000 (the “Demo and Testing Fee”).

The parties each made their respective paymentsCompany paid $42,639 in commissions under this agreement through June 30, 2018. Thereafter, the cultivation company failed to make any subsequent payments of the Lease Fee and, as a result, the Company did not pay the Demo and Testing Fee. agreement.

During the second quarter of 2019, we notified the cultivation company of its breach for non-payment of the Lease Fee. In February 2020, the parties mutually agreed to terminate this agreement and release each other from all claims related to this agreement, including any unpaid Lease Fees or Demo and Testing Fees. We also agreed to transfer the equipment to the cultivation company for no additional consideration.

Employment Agreement. In May 2018, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Keen, which provided for an initial base salary of $150,000 per year and certain sales incentive. Pursuant to the employment agreement, we awarded 4,800,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to Ms. Keen that vested at certain dates in the future, subject to her continued employment. These RSU’s have now fully vested and Ms. Keen continues her employment with the Company under this agreement.

***************

During 2020,2021, except as discussed above, there have been no transactions in which the Company was or is a participant, and there are no currently proposed transactions in which the Company is to be a participant, in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the Company’s average assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any director, executive officer or beneficial holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or member of such person’s immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

On January 7, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with RSX Enterprises, Inc. (RSX), a company controlled by Mr. James R. Shipley, a director of the Company. RSX will provide consulting services to the Company focused on product offerings, engineering requirements, key customer marketing outreach, and related matters, as mutually determined by the Company and RSX. The Company will pay a monthly consulting fee of $6,500 for up to 50 hours per month for the various consulting activities undertaken and provide for reimbursement of expenses. The term of the agreement is set for three months. Any intellectual property developed by RSX will belong to the Company, and the contract provides for typical indemnification obligations and confidentiality provisions.

Company Policy Regarding Related Party Transactions

The Company has procedures in place for the review, approval and monitoring of transactions involving the Company and certain persons related to the Company. For example, theThe Company has a code of business conduct and ethics that generally prohibits any employee, officer or director from engaging in any transaction where there is a conflict between such individual’s personal interest and the interests of the Company. Waivers to the code of business conduct and ethics can generally only be obtained from the Audit Committee of the Board and are publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulations.

In addition, ourthe Audit Committee of the Board will review all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis (if such transactions are not reviewed and overseen by another independent body of the Board). In accordance with that policy, the Board’s generalAudit Committee’s practice is to review and oversee any transactions that are reportable as related party transactions under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and SEC rules and regulations. Management advises the Board on a regular basis of any such transaction that is proposed to be entered into or continued and seeks approval.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

ACM LLP (“ACM”) acted as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. ACM has advised us that neither the firm nor any present member or associate of it has any material financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Company or its affiliates.

Sadler, Gibb & Associates, L.L.C. (“SGA”) has acted as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal yearyears ended December 31, 2020.2020 and 2021. SGA has advised us that neither the firm nor any present member or associate of it has any material financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Company or its affiliates.

66

The following table summarizes the fees of SGA and ACM for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, respectively:

  2021  2020 
Audit Fees $97,500  $116,000 
Audit-Related Fees  32,800   - 
Tax Fees  7,850(1)  21,000(2)
Other Fees  -   - 
Total $105,350  $137,000 

 

  2020  2019 
Audit Fees $116,000  $135,000 
Audit-Related Fees      - 
Tax Fees  21,000(1)  16,960(2)
Other Fees  -   - 
Total $137,000  $151,960 
 

(1) Tax fees in 2020 relate to tax returns for the 2019 year

(2) Tax fees in 2019 relate to tax returns for the 2018 year

(1) Tax fees in 2021 relate to tax returns for the 2020 year
(2) Tax fees in 2020 relate to tax returns for the 2019 year

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firms for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements, and the review of our consolidated financial statements included in our quarterly reports.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related services consist of fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firms for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include the review of our registration statements on Forms S-8.

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firms for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. These services include assistance regarding federal, state, and local tax compliance.

All Other Fees. All other fees would include fees for products and services other than the services reported above.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our BoardAudit Committee of Directorsthe Board pre-approves all services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Change in Accountants Disclosure

67

On May 26, 2020, the Company notified ACM, that the Company had dismissed ACM as its independent registered public accounting firm. The dismissal of ACM was approved by the Board of the Company.

ACM served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since 2017 until its dismissal.

ACM’s reports on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that such reports contained explanatory paragraphs in respect to uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and the change in its method of accounting for leases due to the adoption of the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases, which was discussed in Footnote 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and through May 26, 2020, there were no disagreements with ACM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which if not resolved to ACM’s satisfaction would have caused it to make reference thereto in connection with its reports on the financial statements for such years.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and through May 26, 2020, there were no events of the type described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K, other than certain material weaknesses in respect of effectiveness of internal controls over certain aspects of the financial reporting process because: (i) the Company lacked a sufficient complement of personnel with a level of accounting expertise and an adequate supervisory review structure that was commensurate with the financial reporting requirements of the Company, (ii) there was inadequate segregation of duties due to the limited number of accounting personnel, and (iii) the Company has insufficient controls and processes in place to adequately verify the accuracy and completeness of spreadsheets that management uses for a variety of purposes including revenue, taxes, stock-based compensation and other areas, and place significant reliance on, for our financial reporting.

On May 28, 2020, the Company engaged SGA, as its new independent registered public accounting firm. The engagement of SGA was approved by the Board.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and thereafter through May 28, 2020, the Company did not consult with SGA with respect to any matter whatsoever including without limitation with respect to any of (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; (ii) the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements; or (iii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or an event of the type described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

The Company provided ACM with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and requested that it furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the statements made therein. A copy of such letter, dated May 28, 2020, was filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 26, 2020, filed with the SEC on May 29, 2020.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a. Documents Filed as Part of this Report

The following consolidated financial statements of SurnaCEA Industries Inc. are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Financial StatementsPage(s)
ReportsReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmsFirm (PCAOB ID NO: 3627)F-1 - F-3F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-4F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-5F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-6F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-7F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-8F-7

b. Exhibits

See “Exhibit Index” on the page following the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes and the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

c. Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed herewith because (i) such schedules are not required, or (ii) the information has been presented in the aforementioned financial statements.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

The Company has elected not to provide the summary of information under this item.

Surna

68

CEA Industries Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial StatementsPage(s)
ReportsReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmsFirmF-1 - F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-4F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-5F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-6F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020F-7F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-8F-7

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of SurnaCEA Industries Inc.:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of SurnaCEA Industries Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the year endedyears in the two-year period December 31, 20202021 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the year endedyears in the two-year period December 31, 2020,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Explanatory Paragraph Regarding Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has experienced losses since its inception, has a net working capital deficiency and has an accumulated deficit, which creates substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matters

 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) related to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical mattersmatter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit mattersmatter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.it relates.

F-1

Revenue Recognition – Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

 

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company’s contracts with customers often include the promise to transfer multiple goods and services to a customer. Distinct promises within a contract are referred to as performance obligations and are accounted for as separate units of account. Management assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct for the purpose of identifying the performance obligations in the contract. This assessment involves subjective determinations and requires management to make judgments about the individual promised goods or services and whether such goods or services are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. The Company’s performance obligations include various distinct goods and services such as equipment and various engineering services. When multiple performance obligations are identified within a contract, management exercises judgement in allocating the transaction price amongst the various performance obligations. In addition, when discounts are provided for a particular contract, the discount is allocated to each performance obligation proportionally based upon the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation.

We determined that performing procedures related to the identification of performance obligations in revenue contracts and allocation of the transaction price to the respective performance obligations is a critical audit matter as there was significant judgment by management in identifying performance obligations in revenue contracts and allocating the consideration, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures to evaluate whether performance obligations in revenue contracts were appropriately identified by management and consideration was appropriately allocated.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

 

Our audit procedures related to the following:

We gained an understanding of the internal controls related to the revenue recognition process, including controls related to the proper identification of performance obligations and allocation of the transaction price to the various performance obligations.
We examined revenue contracts, on a test basis, to test the accuracy and completeness of management’s identification of the performance obligations.
We evaluated management’s process for allocation of the transaction price to the identified performance obligations including evaluating the reasonableness of management’s estimate of stand-alone selling prices.

/s/ Sadler, Gibb& Associates, LLC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Draper, UT
March 29, 2022

/s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Draper, UT

March 23, 2021

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and Board of Directors

Surna Inc.

Boulder, Colorado

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Surna Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then endedin conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a working capital deficiency and a shareholders’ deficit as of December 31, 2019 that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2019, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases due to the adoption of the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ ACM LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2017 to 2020.

Greeley, Colorado

March 24, 2020

F-3F-2

 

Surna Inc.

CEA Industries Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  December 31,  December 31, 
  2021  2020 
       
ASSETS        
Current Assets        
Cash and cash equivalents $2,159,608  $2,284,881 
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $181,942 and $165,098, respectively)  179,444   33,480 
Inventory, net  378,326   327,109 
Prepaid expenses and other  1,273,720   1,037,823 
Total Current Assets  3,991,098   3,683,293 
Noncurrent Assets        
Property and equipment, net  77,346   147,732 
Goodwill  631,064   631,064 
Intangible assets, net  1,830   7,227 
Deposits  14,747   - 
Operating lease right-of-use asset  565,877   343,950 
Total Noncurrent Assets  1,290,864   1,129,973 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $5,281,962  $4,813,266 
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $1,345,589  $1,784,961 
Deferred revenue  2,839,838   3,724,189 
Accrued equity compensation  83,625   128,434 
Other liabilities  37,078   - 
Current portion of operating lease liability  100,139   266,105 
Total Current Liabilities  4,406,269   5,903,689 
         
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES        
Other liabilities  -   74,156 
Operating lease liability, net of current portion  486,226   169,119 
Total Noncurrent Liabilities  486,226   243,275 
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES  4,892,495   6,146,964 
         
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)  -   - 
         
TEMPORARY EQUITY        
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value; 3,300 and 0 issued and outstanding, respectively  3,960,000   - 
Total Temporary Equity  3,960,000   - 
         
SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
Preferred stock; 150,000,000 shares authorized  -     
Series A Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 0 and 42,030,331 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  -   420 
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 850,000,000 and 350,000,000 shares authorized, respectively; 1,600,835 and 1,576,844 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  16   16 
Additional paid in capital  25,211,017   26,109,509 
Accumulated deficit  (28,781,566)  (27,443,643)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit  (3,570,533)  (1,333,698)
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT $5,281,962  $4,813,266 

  December 31,  December 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
ASSETS        
Current Assets        
Cash and cash equivalents $2,284,881  $922,177 
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $165,098 and $151,673, respectively)  33,480   138,357 
Inventory, net  327,109   1,231,243 
Prepaid expenses and other  1,037,823   269,491 
Total Current Assets  3,683,293   2,561,268 
Noncurrent Assets        
Property and equipment, net  147,732   257,923 
Goodwill  631,064   631,064 
Intangible assets, net  7,227   11,930 
Deposits  -   51,000 
Operating lease right-of-use asset  343,950   534,133 
Total Noncurrent Assets  1,129,973   1,486,050 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $4,813,266  $4,047,318 
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $1,784,961  $1,832,959 
Deferred revenue  3,724,189   1,444,472 
Accrued equity compensation  128,434   503,466 
Current portion of operating lease liability  266,105   217,843 
Total Current Liabilities  5,903,689   3,998,740 
         
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES        
Other liabilities  74,156   - 
Operating lease liability, net of current portion  169,119   404,209 
Total Noncurrent Liabilities  243,275   404,209 
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES  6,146,964   4,402,949 
         
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)  -   - 
         
SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 42,030,331 shares issued and outstanding  420   420 
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 350,000,000 shares authorized; 236,526,638 and 228,216,638 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  2,366   2,283 
Additional paid in capital  26,107,159   25,326,593 
Accumulated deficit  (27,443,643)  (25,684,927)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit  (1,333,698)  (355,631)
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT $4,813,266  $4,047,318 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Surna

F-3

CEA Industries Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

       
  

For the Twelve Months Ended

December 31,

 
  2021  2020 
Revenue, net $13,638,558  $8,514,272 
         
Cost of revenue  10,712,563   6,961,305 
         
Gross profit  2,925,995   1,552,967 
         
Operating expenses:        
Advertising and marketing expenses  772,139   430,012 
Product development costs  469,703   390,229 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  3,662,668   3,095,350 
Total operating expenses  4,904,510   3,915,591 
         
Operating loss  (1,978,515)  (2,362,624)
         
Other income (expense):        
Other income (expense), net  627,592  $621,340 
Interest expense  (2,832) $(17,432)
Gain on lease termination  15,832  $- 
Total other income (expense)  640,592   603,908 
         
Loss before provision for income taxes  (1,337,923)  (1,758,716)
         
Income taxes  -   - 
         
         
Net loss $(1,337,923) $(1,758,716)
         
Convertible Preferred Series B Stock Redemption Value Adjustment $(2,262,847) $- 
Convertible Preferred Series B Stock Dividends  

(67,447

)  - 
Dividend on Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock  (20,595)  - 
         
Net Loss Available to Common Shareholders $(3,688,812) $(1,758,716)
         
Loss per common share – basic and dilutive $(2.33) $(1.12)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and dilutive  1,582,869   1,574,454 

  

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
  2020  2019 
Revenue, net $8,514,272  $15,224,454 
         
Cost of revenue  6,961,305   10,675,601 
         
Gross profit  1,552,967   4,548,853 
         
Operating expenses:        
Advertising and marketing expenses  430,012   675,703 
Product development costs  390,229   521,044 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  3,095,350   4,662,695 
Total operating expenses  3,915,591   5,859,442 
         
Operating loss  (2,362,624)  (1,310,589)
         
Other income (expense):        
Other income (expense), net  621,340   (27,977)
Interest expense  (17,432)  - 
Total other income (expense)  603,908   (27,977)
         
Loss before provision for income taxes  (1,758,716)  (1,338,566)
         
Income taxes  -   - 
         
Net loss $(1,758,716) $(1,338,566)
         
Loss per common share – basic and dilutive $(0.01) $(0.01)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and dilutive  236,168,059   227,662,184 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5F-4

 

Surna Inc.

CEA Industries Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit

 Preferred Stock Common Stock                        
 Number of Shares Amount Number of Shares Number of Shares to be Issued Amount Additional Paid in Capital Accumulated Deficit Shareholders’ Deficit  Series A Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional     
Balance December 31, 2018  42,030,331  $420   224,989,794   1,000,000  $2,250  $24,538,027  $(24,346,361) $194,336 
Common shares issued on settlement of restricted stock units and award of stock bonuses, vested restricted stock units canceled  -   -   2,240,000   560,000   23   (23)  -   - 
Common shares issued as compensation for services  -   -   986,844   -   10   74,990   -   75,000 
Fair value of vested restricted stock units awarded to employees  -   -   -   -   -   278,906   -   278,906 
Fair value of vested stock options granted to employees and consultants  -   -   -   -   -   390,484   -   390,484 
Fair value of vested incentive stock bonuses awarded to employees  -   -   -   -   -   44,209   -   44,209 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   -   (1,338,566)  (1,338,566)
 

Number of

Shares

 Amount 

Number of

Shares

 

Number of Shares

to be Issued

 Amount Paid in Capital Accumulated Deficit Shareholders’ Deficit 
Balance December 31, 2019  42,030,331  $420   228,216,638   1,560,000  $2,283  $25,326,593  $(25,684,927) $(355,631)  42,030,331  $420   1,521,444   10,400  $15  $25,328,861  $(25,684,927) $(355,631)
Common shares issued or to be issued on settlement of restricted stock units and award of stock bonuses  -   -   8,310,000   (1,560,000)  83   (83)  -   - 
Common shares issued in settlement of legal dispute                                
Common shares issued in settlement of legal dispute, shares                                
Fair value of vested stock options granted to employees                                
Fair value of vested stock options granted to directors                                
Issuance of series B preferred stock and warrants, net                                
Receipt of series B preferred stock suscription receivable                                
Conversion of series A preferred stock to common                                
Conversion of series A preferred stock to common, shares                                
Issuance of common stock in settlement of accrued interest                                
Issuance of common stock in settlement of accrued interest, shares                                
Issuance of restricted common stock to employee                                
Issuance of restricted common stock to employee, shares                                
Accrued interest on Series B preferred stock                                
Adjustment to redemption value                                
Common shares issued in settlement of restricted stock units and award of stock bonuses  -   -   55,400   (10,400)  1   (1)  -   - 
Fair value of vested restricted stock units awarded to employees  -   -   -   -   -   25,163   -   25,163   -   -   -   -   -   25,163   -   25,163 
Fair value of vested stock options accrued in 2019 and issued to employees and directors in 2020                      503,466       503,466   -   -   -   -   -   503,466   -   503,466 
Fair value of vested stock options granted to employees and directors  -   -   -   -   -   252,020   -   252,020   -   -   -   -   -   252,020   -   252,020 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   -   (1,758,716)  (1,758,716)  -   -   -   -   -   -   (1,758,716)  (1,758,716)
Balance December 31, 2020  42,030,331  $420   236,526,638   -  $2,366  $26,107,159  $(27,443,643) $(1,333,698)  42,030,331  $420   1,576,844   -  $16  $26,109,509  $(27,443,643) $(1,333,698)

 

                     

 

 

  Series A Preferred Stock  Common Stock  Additional       
  

Number of

Shares

  Amount  

Number of

Shares

  Amount  Paid in Capital  Accumulated Deficit  Shareholders’ Deficit 
Balance December 31, 2020  42,030,331  $420   1,576,844  $16  $26,109,509  $(27,443,643) $(1,333,698)
Common shares issued in settlement of legal dispute  -   -   6,667   -  67,000   -   67,000 
Fair value of vested stock options granted to employees  -   -   -   -   298,040   -   298,040 
Fair value of vested stock options granted to directors  -   -   -   -   21,174   -   21,174 
Issuance of series B preferred stock and warrants, net  -   -   -   -   927,721   -   927,721 
Receipt of series B preferred stock subscription receivable                          - 
Conversion of series A preferred stock to common  (42,030,331)  (420)  2,802   -*  420   -   

-

 
Issuance of common stock in settlement of accrued interest  -   -   7,719   -*  67,447   -   67,447 
Issuance of restricted common stock to employee  -   -   6,803   -  50,000   -   50,000 
Accrued interest on Series B preferred stock  -   -   -   -   (67,447)  -   (67,447)
Adjustment to redemption value of Series B preferred stock  -   -   -   -   (2,262,847)  -   (2,262,847)
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (1,337,923)  (1,337,923)
Balance December 30, 2021  -  $-   1,600,835  $16  $25,211,017  $(28,781,566) $(3,570,533)

‘* denotes an amount of less than $1

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6F-5

 

Surna Inc.

CEA Industries Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

For the Twelve Months Ended

December 31,

       
 2020  2019  

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:        
 2021  2020 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:        
Net loss $(1,758,716) $(1,338,566) $(1,337,923) $(1,758,716)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization expense  120,103   161,180   65,372   120,103 
Gain on forgiveness of note payable  (557,203)  -   (517,032)  (557,203)
Share-based compensation  277,183   788,599   240,780   277,183 
Common stock issued for other expense  67,000   - 
Provision for doubtful accounts  13,425   32,651   16,844   13,425 
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory  21,669   (223,971)  (1,666)  21,669 
Gain on lease termination  (15,832)  - 
Loss on disposal of assets  4,124   115,359   67,567   4,124 
Amortizion of ROU Asset  190,183   - 
Amortization of ROU asset  

204,521

  190,183 
        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable  91,452   39,179   (162,808)  91,452 
Inventory  882,466   (71,386)  (49,551)  882,466 
Prepaid expenses and other  (768,333)  (141,143)  (235,897)  (768,333)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  26,157   23,830   (476,450)  26,157 
Deferred revenue  2,279,717   802,674   (884,350)  2,279,717 
Accrued interest  3,203   -   2,832   3,203 
Lease deposit  (14,747)  - 
Operating lease liability, net  (135,828)  (20,039)  (259,475)  (135,828)
Accrued equity compensation  128,434   503,466   83,625   128,434 
Net cash provided by operating activities  818,036   671,833 
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities  (3,207,190)  818,036 
                
Cash Flows From Investing Activities        
Cash Flows from Investing Activities        
Purchases of property and equipment  (9,332)  (3,043)  (68,657)  (9,332)
Proceeds from the sale of property equipment  11,500   - 
Net cash used in investing activities  (9,332)  (3,043)  (57,157)  (9,332)
                
Cash Flows From Financing Activities        
Cash Flows from Financing Activities        
Cash proceeds from sale of preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs  2,624,874   - 
Proceeds from issuance of note payable  554,000   -   514,200   554,000 
Net cash provided by financing activities  554,000   -   3,139,074   554,000 
                
Net increase in cash  1,362,704   668,790 
Cash, beginning of period  922,177   253,387 
Cash, end of period $2,284,881  $922,177 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents  (125,273)  1,362,704 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period  2,284,881   922,177 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $2,159,608  $2,284,881 
        
Supplemental cash flow information:        
Interest paid $-  $- 
Income taxes paid $-  $- 
                
Non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Interest paid $-  $- 
Income taxes paid $-  $- 
Adjustment of carrying value of series B preferred stock to redemption value $2,262,847   - 
Options issued for accrued equity compensation $128,434  $- 
Accrued Series B dividend payable settled in shares of common stock $67,447  $- 
Series A Preferred Stock converted into shares of common stock $420  $- 
Dividend on Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock settled in shares of common stock $

20,595

  $- 
Right of Use asset arising on new office lease $582,838  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Surna

F-6

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsStatement

Note 1 – Description of Business

CEA Industries Inc., formerly Surna Inc. (the “Company”), was incorporated in Nevada on October 15, 2009. We design, engineer and sell environmental control and other technologies for the Controlled Environment Agriculture (CEA) industry. The CEA industry is one of the fastest-growing sectors of the United States’ economy. From leafy greens (kale, Swiss chard, mustard, cress), microgreens (leafy greens harvested at the first true leaf stage), ethnic vegetables, ornamentals, and small fruits (such as strawberries, blackberries and raspberries) to bell peppers, cucumbers, tomatoes and cannabis and hemp, some producers grow crops indoors in response to market dynamics or as part of their preferred farming practice. In service of the CEA industry, our principal technologies include: (i) liquid-based process cooling systems and other climate control systems, (ii) air handling equipment and systems, (iii) a full-service engineering package for designing and engineering commercial scale thermodynamic systems specific to cultivation facilities, and (iv) automation and control devices, systems and technologies used for environmental, lighting and climate control. Our customers include commercial, state- and provincial-regulated CEA growers in the U.S. and Canada as well as other international locations. Customers are those growers building new facilities and those expanding or retrofitting existing facilities. Currently, our revenue stream is derived primarily from supplying our products, services and technologies to commercial indoor facilities ranging from several thousand to more than 100,000 square feet. Headquartered in Boulder,Louisville, Colorado, we leverage our experience in this space to bring value-added climate control solutions to our customers that help improve their overall crop quality and yield, optimize energy and water efficiency, and satisfy the evolving state and local codes, permitting and regulatory requirements. Although our customers do, we neither produce nor sell cannabis or its related products.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Our Business

The impact of the government and the business economic response to the COVID-19 pandemic has affected demand across the majority of our markets and disrupted work on projects. The COVID-19 pandemic is expected to have continued adverse effects on our sales, project implementation, operating margins, and working capital. As of the date of this filing, uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude and duration of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and its changing conditions the Company reduced its operational expenses to conserve its cash resources. Many expenses, including travel, marketing, headcount, work hours, and compensation were reduced, deferred, or eliminated while still allowing us to meet our customer obligations and develop new business. As the fiscal year progressed and our sales rebounded, and we were able to obtain additional funds through a forgivable bank loan, we restored our workforce and compensation.

Due to the speed with which the COVID-19 pandemic developed and the resulting uncertainties, including the depth and duration of the disruptions to customers and suppliers, its future effect on our business, on our results of operations, and on our financial condition, cannot be predicted. We expect that the economic disruptions will continue to have an effect on our business over the longer term. Despite this uncertainty, we continue to monitor costs and continue to take actions to reduce costs so asin order to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic to the best of our ability, although theyability. However, these actions may not be sufficient in the long-run for us to avoid reduced sales, increased losses and reduced operating cash flows.flows in our business.

Refer to Risk Factors, included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K above, for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Note 2 – Basis of Presentation; Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Financial Statement Presentation

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures.

As further discussed in Note 3 Going Concern below, the

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going-concerngoing concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.business within one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. In prior year consolidated financial statements, management’s assessment was that there was substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to raise equity or debt financing in sufficient amounts, when and if needed, on acceptable terms or at all, in order to provide assurances that the Company would be able to continue as a going concern. The Company continues to experience recurring losses since its inception, and currently shows negative cash flows from operations and negative working capital as of December 31, 2021. As a result, in order to continue as a going concern, the Company has not generatedbeen reliant on the ability to obtain additional sources of financing to fund growth. As indicated in Note 16 – Subsequent Events, on February 15, 2022, the Company received approximately $22,000,000 in proceeds from completion of an equity offering. Based on management’s evaluation, the proceeds from the Offering will be more than sufficient revenue and has historically funded itsto fund any deficiencies in working capital or cash flow from operations, through the sale of common stock, the issuance of debt and the receipt of advance payments from customers. The Company is subjectconfident that it will be able to risks, expensesmeet its obligations as they come due, and uncertainties similarfund operations for at least 12 months after the date the consolidated financial statements are available to those encountered by similarly situated companies.be issued. Accordingly, the conditions around liquidity and limited working capital necessary to fund operations have been addressed.

F-8F-7

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsStatement

Reverse Stock Split

On January 17, 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a reverse stock split at a ratio of one-for-one hundred and fifty. Such reverse stock split was implemented effective January 27, 2022.The par value for the Common Stock was not affected.

As a result of this reverse stock split, the number of the Company’s shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021, was reduced from 240,125,224to 1,600,835.

 

All Common Stock, warrants, options and per share amounts set forth herein are presented to give retroactive effect to the Reverse Split for all periods presented.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its controlled and wholly owned subsidiary, Hydro Innovations, LLC (“Hydro”). Intercompany transactions, profit, and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

Management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Key estimates include: allocation of transaction prices to performance obligations under contracts with customers, standalone selling prices, timing of expected revenue recognition on remaining performance obligations under contracts with customers, valuation of intangible assets as it applies to impairment analysis, valuation of equity-based compensation, valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, warranty accruals, inventory allowances, and legal contingencies.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company may, from time to time, have deposits in financial institutions that exceed the federally insured amount.amount of $250,000. As of December 31, 2021, the balance in the Company’s account was approximately $2,160,000. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on depository accounts.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount or based on revenue earned for items not yet invoiced, and generally do not bear interest. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, as necessary, based on past experience and other factors, which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating bad debts. Based on the Company’s review, it establishes or adjusts the allowance for specific customers and the accounts receivable portfolio as a whole. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $165,098 $181,942 and $151,673,$165,098, respectively. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The inventory is valued based on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Lower of cost or net realizable value is evaluated by considering obsolescence, excessive levels of inventory, deterioration and other factors. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired inventory. Excess and obsolete inventory is charged to cost of revenue and a new lower-cost basis for that inventory is established and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory was $93,045 $91,379 and $71,376,$93,045, respectively.

F-8

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. For financial statement purposes, property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which is generally five years.years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of their useful lives or the life of the lease. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived tangible assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset’s carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. The Company has not identified any indicators of impairment during the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

F-9

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company recorded goodwill in connection with its acquisition of Hydro in July 2014. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually on December 31st or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that fair value of the reporting unit has been reduced to less than its carrying value. The Company performs a quantitative impairment test annually during the fourth quarter by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is considered not impaired. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company determined that it has one reporting unit. The Company completed this assessment as of December 31, 20202021 and concluded that no impairment existed.

Separable identifiable intangibles consist of intellectual property such as patents and trademarks, and capitalized website costs. Except for trademarks, which are not amortized, the Company’s separable identifiable intangible assets are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Trademarks are tested annually for impairment. Separable identifiable intangibles are also subject to evaluation for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company records its financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The accounting standard for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value, and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting standard establishes a three-tier hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 - inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value.

F-9

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.

Due to their short-term nature, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, approximate fair value.

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842. The Company determines whether a contract is a lease at contract inception or for a modified contract at the modification date. At inception or modification, the Company recognizes right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. Lease liabilities and their corresponding ROU assets are initially measured at the present value of the unpaid lease payments as of the lease commencement date. If the lease contains a renewal and/or termination option, the exercise of the option is included in the term of the lease if the Company is reasonably certain that a renewal or termination option will be exercised. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) based on the information available at the commencement date of the respective lease to determine the present value of future payments. The IBR is determined by estimating what it would cost the Company to borrow a collateralized amount equal to the total lease payments over the lease term based on the contractual terms of the lease and the location of the leased asset.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term in equal amounts of rent expense attributed to each period during the term of the lease, regardless of when actual payments are made. This generally results in rent expense in excess of cash payments during the early years of a lease and rent expense less than cash payments in later years. The difference between rent expense recognized and actual rental payments is typically represented as the spread between the ROU asset and lease liability.

The Company’s facilities operating leases have lease and non-lease fixed cost components, which we account for as one single lease component in calculating the present value of minimum lease payments. Variable lease and non-lease cost components are expensed as incurred.

The Company does not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have an initial lease term of 12 months or less. The Company recognizes the lease payments associated with short-term leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. For stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (the “Black-Scholes Model”) to value the derivative instruments. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of the balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, there were no derivative financial instruments.

F-10

 

Surna Inc.

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement

Revenue Recognition

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 (Topic 606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all the related amendments (“ASC 606” or the “revenue standard”) to all contracts and elected the modified retrospective method.

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by source:

Schedule of Revenue by Source

 For the Years Ended December 31,  

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Equipment and systems sales $7,730,371  $13,692,863  $12,754,131  $7,730,371 
Engineering and other services  568,131   1,239,130   683,689   568,131 
Shipping and handling  215,770   292,461   200,738   215,770 
Total revenue $8,514,272  $15,224,454  $13,638,558  $8,514,272 

Revenue Recognition Accounting Policy Summary

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with ASC 606. Under the revenue standard, a performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a customer to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Most of the Company’s contracts contain multiple performance obligations that include engineering and technical services as well as the delivery of a diverse range of climate control system equipment and components, which can span multiple phases of a customer’s project life-cyclelife cycle from facility design and construction to equipment delivery and system installation and start-up. The Company does not provide construction services or system installation services. Some of the Company’s contracts with customers contain a single performance obligation, typically engineering only services contracts.

A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. When there are multiple performance obligations within a contract, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation based on standalone selling price. When estimating the selling price, the Company uses various observable inputs. The best observable input is the Company’s actual selling price for the same good or service, however, this input is generally not available for the Company’s contracts containing multiple performance obligations. For engineering services, the Company estimates the standalone selling price by reference to certain physical characteristics of the project, such as facility size and mechanical systems involved, which are indicative of the scope and complexity of the mechanical engineering services to be provided. For equipment sales, the standalone selling price is determined by forecasting the expected costs of the equipment and components and then adding an appropriate margin, based on a range of acceptable margins established by management. Depending on the nature of the performance obligations, the Company may use a combination of different methods and observable inputs if certain performance obligations have highly variable or uncertain standalone selling prices. Once the selling prices are determined, the Company applies the relative values to the total contract consideration and estimates the amount of the transaction price to be recognized as each promise is fulfilled.

Generally, satisfaction occurs when control of the promised goods is transferred to the customer or as services are rendered or completed in exchange for consideration in an amount for which the Company expects to be entitled. The Company recognizes revenue for the sale of goods when control transfers to the customer, which primarily occurs at the time of shipment. The Company’s historical rates of return are insignificant as a percentage of sales and, as a result, the Company does not record a reserve for returns at the time the Company recognizes revenue. The Company has elected to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes (e.g., sales, use, value added, and certain excise taxes) that are assessed by a governmental authority in connection with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Company from the customer. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue net of sales taxes. The revenue and cost for freight and shipping is recorded when control over the sale of goods passes to the Company’s customers.

F-11

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

The Company also has performance obligations to perform certain engineering services that are satisfied over a period of time. Revenue is recognized from this type of performance obligation as services are rendered based on the percentage completion towards certain specified milestones.

The Company offers assurance-type warranties for its products and products manufactured by others to meet specifications defined by the contracts with customers and does not have any material separate performance obligations related to these warranties. The Company maintains a warranty reserve based on historical warranty costs.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Other Judgments and Assumptions

The Company typically receives customer payments in advance of its performance of services or transfers of goods. Applying the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-32-18, which the Company has elected, the Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component since the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the Company transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less. Accordingly, the remaining performance obligations related to customer contracts does not consider the effects of the time value of money.

Applying the practical expedient in ASC 340-40-25-4, the Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred since the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs include certain sales commissions and incentives, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses, and are payable only when associated revenue has been collected and earned by the Company.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets reflect revenue recognized and performance obligations satisfied in advance of customer billing. Contract liabilities relate to payments received in advance of the satisfaction of performance under the contract. The Company receives payments from customers based on the terms established in its contracts.

Contract assets include unbilled amounts where revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer and the right of payment is conditional, subject to completing a milestone, such as a phase of a project. The Company typically does not have material amounts of contract assets since revenue is recognized as control of goods are transferred or as services are performed. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and 2019,2020, the Company had no contract assets.

Contract liabilities consist of advance payments in excess of revenue recognized. The Company’s contract liabilities are recorded as a current liability in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets since the timing of when the Company expects to recognize revenue is generally less than one year. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, deferred revenue, which was classified as a current liability, was $3,724,189 $2,839,838and $1,444,472,$3,724,189, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized revenue of $3,358,578 related to the deferred revenue at January 1, 2021, or 90%. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized revenue of $1,103,447 $1,103,447 related to the deferred revenue at January 1, 2020, or 76%76%. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $473,682 related to the deferred revenue at January 1, 2019, or 74%.

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations, or backlog, represents the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the remaining obligations that the Company has not performed under its customer contracts. The Company has elected not to use the optional exemption in ASC 606-10-50-14, which exempts an entity from such disclosures if a performance obligation is part of a contract with an original expected duration of one year or less. Accordingly, the information disclosed about remaining performance obligations includes all customer contracts, including those with an expected duration of one year or less.

F-12

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Industry uncertainty, project financing concerns, and the licensing and qualification of our prospective customers, which are out of the Company’s control, make it difficult for the Company to predict when it will recognize revenue on its remaining performance obligations. There are risks that the Company may not realize the full contract value on customer projects in a timely manner or at all, and completion of a customer’s cultivation facility project is dependent upon the customer’s ability to secure funding and real estate, obtain a license and then build their cultivation facility so they can take possession of the equipment. Accordingly, the time it takes for customers to complete a project, which corresponds to when the Company is able to recognize revenue, is driven by numerous factors including: (i) the large number of first-time participants interested in the indoor cannabis cultivation business; (ii) the complexities and uncertainties involved in obtaining state and local licensure and permitting; (iii) local and state government delays in approving licenses and permits due to lack of staff or the large number of pending applications, especially in states where there is no cap on the number of cultivators; (iv) the customer’s need to obtain cultivation facility financing; (v) the time needed, and coordination required, for our customers to acquire real estate and properly design and build the facility (to the stage when climate control systems can be installed); (vi) the large price tag and technical complexities of the climate control and air sanitation system; (vii) the availability of power; and (viii) delays that are typical in completing any construction project. Further, based on the current economic climate, the uncertainty regarding the COVID-19 virus, and the Company’s recent cost cutting measures, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to fulfill its backlog, and the Company may experience contract cancellations, project scope reductions and project delays.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company’s remaining performance obligations, or backlog, was $8,448,000,$10,818,000, of which $2,643,000,$411,000, or 31%4%, was attributable to customer contracts for which the Company has only received an initial advance payment to cover the allocated value of the Company’s engineering services (“engineering only paid contracts”). There is the risk that the equipment portion of these engineering only paid contracts will not be completed or will be delayed. The reasons include the customer being dissatisfied with the quality or timeliness of the Company’s engineering services, delay or abandonment of the project because of the customer’s inability to obtain project financing or licensing, or other reasons such as a challenging business climate including an overall post-COVID-19 economic downturn or change in business direction. After the customer has made an advance payment for a portion of the equipment to be delivered under the contract (“partial equipment paid contracts”), the Company is typically better able to estimate the timing of revenue recognition since the risks and delays associated with licensing, permitting and project funding are typically mitigated once the initial equipment payment is received. There is significant uncertainty regarding the timing of the Company’s recognition of revenue on its remaining performance obligations, and there is no certainty that these will result in actual revenues. The backlog at December 31, 2020,2021, includes booked sales orders of $390,000$1,663,000 from several customers that the Company does not expect to be realized until 2022,2023, if at all. Given the present economic uncertainty arising from the impact of the novel coronavirus COVID-19, the Company believes that several of its current contracts may be delayed or canceled.

The remaining performance obligations expected to be recognized through 20222023 are as follows:

Schedule of Remaining Performance Obligations Expected to be Recognized

 2021  2022  Total  2022  2023  Total 
Remaining performance obligations related to engineering only paid contracts $2,355,000  $288,000  $2,643,000  $-  $411,000  $411,000 
Remaining performance obligations related to partial equipment paid contracts  5,703,000   102,000  $5,805,000   9,155,000   1,252,000   10,407,000 
Total remaining performance obligations $8,058,000  $390,000  $8,448,000  $9,155,000  $1,663,000  $10,818,000 

Product Warranty

The Company warrants the products that it manufactures for a warranty period equal to the lesser of 12 months from start-up or 18 months from shipment. The Company’s warranty provides for the repair, rework, or replacement of products (at the Company’s option) that fail to perform within stated specification. The Company’s third-party suppliers also warrant their products under similar terms, which are passed through to the Company’s customers.

F-13

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

The Company assesses the historical warranty claims on its manufactured products and, since 2016, warranty claims have been approximately 1% of annual revenue generated on these products. Based on the Company’s warranty policy, an accrual is established at 1% of the trailing 18 months revenue.revenue. The Company continues to assess the need to record a warranty reserve at the time of sale based on historical claims and other factors. As of December 31, 2020,2021, and December 31, 2019,2020, the Company had an accrued warranty reserve amount of $173,365 $186,605 and $185,234,$173,365, respectively, which are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes product costs (material, direct labor and overhead costs), shipping and handling expense, outside engineering costs, engineering, project management and service salaries and benefits, client visits and warranty.

Concentrations

Three customers accounted for 28%24%, 11%10% and 10%10% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020. One customer2021. Three customers accounted for 44%28%, 11% and 10% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020.

The Company’s accounts receivable from two customers made up 48%68% and 38%23%, respectively, of the total balance as of December 31, 2021. The Company’s accounts receivable from two customers made up 48%, and 38%, respectively, of the total balance as of December 31, 2020. The Company’s accounts receivable from three customers made up 59%, 16%, and 10%, respectively, of the total balance as of December 31, 2019.

Three suppliers accounted for 27%29%, 25%11% and 12%10% of the Company’s purchases of inventory for the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, and three suppliers accounted for 30%27%, 17%25% and 12%12% of the Company’s purchases of inventory for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020.

 

F-13

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Product Development

The Company expenses product development costs as incurred. Internal product development costs are expensed as incurred, and third-party product developments costs are expensed when the contracted work has been performed or as milestone results have been achieved. For the years ended December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, the Company incurred $390,229 $469,703 and $521,044,$390,229, respectively, on product development.

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes the cost resulting from all share-based compensation arrangements, including stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that the Company grants under its equity incentive plan in its consolidated financial statements based on their grant date fair value. For awards subject to service conditions, compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. Awards subject to performance conditions are attributed separately for each vesting tranche of the award and are recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for each tranche, based on the probability of vesting. The probability of awards with future performance conditions is evaluated each reporting period and compensation expense is adjusted based on the probability assessment.

Awards are considered granted, and the service inception date begins, when mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions of the award between the Company and the recipient has been established. For awards that provide discretion to adjust the amount of the award, the service inception date for such awards could precede the grant date as a mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions of the award between the Company and the recipient has not yet been established. For awards in which the service inception date precedes the grant date, compensation cost is accrued beginning on the service inception date.

F-14

 

Subsequent

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to December 31, 2020,Consolidated Financial Statement

On February 16, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved annual incentive compensation awards to certain employees payable in non-qualified stock options, based on the Company’s performance and each employee’s contributions to such performance for the 2020 year. See Note 16. The non-qualified stock options were granted, subsequent to December 31, 2020, were not subject to an additional service requirement and were immediately vested at the date of the grant. The final amount of the annual incentive compensation award, and number of non-qualified stock options granted, were determined, and communicated to the employee, subsequent to December 31, 2020.employees. The estimated compensation expense of $128,434 $128,434 related to the 2020 incentive awards was accrued as of December 31, 2020. Since such incentive awards will bewere settled in non-qualified stock options, the accrued compensation expense has beenwas classified as a current liability until the number of non-qualified stock options iswas fixed pursuant to a grant by the Board. At that time, the incentive award becomesawards of $128,434 became equity-classified.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, $83,625 was recorded in respect of the 2021 annual incentive compensation awards. The final amount of the awards was approved by the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors on March 16, 2022. The number of non-qualified stock options to be granted will be determined on April 1, 2022, and communicated to the employees. The estimated expense was accrued as accrued equity compensation at December 31, 2021.

The grant date fair value of stock options is based on the Black-Scholes Model. The Black-Scholes Model requires judgmental assumptions including volatility and expected term, both based on historical experience. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury interest rates whose term is consistent with the expected term of the option.

The grant date fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units is based on the closing price of the underlying stock on the date of the grant.

The Company has elected to reduce share-based compensation expense for forfeitures as the forfeitures occur since the Company does not have historical data or other factors to appropriately estimate the expected employee terminations and to evaluate whether particular groups of employees have significantly different forfeiture expectations.

Share-based compensation costs (including expenses from the accrued compensation liabilities related to the annual incentive awards subsequently settled in non-qualified stock optionsoptions) totaled $405,617 $324,405 and $1,292,065 $405,617 for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. Such share-based compensation costs are classified in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the same manner as if such compensation was paid in cash.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following is a summary of such share-based compensation costs included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019:2020:

Schedule of Share-based Compensation Costs

 For the Years Ended December 31,  

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Share-based compensation expense included in:                
Cost of revenue $31,006  $91,081  $17,331  $31,006 
Advertising and marketing expenses  8,333   33,977   7,938   8,333 
Product development costs  21,882   45,330   11,025   21,882 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  344,396   1,121,677   288,111   344,396 
Total share-based compensation expense included in consolidated statement of operations $405,617  $1,292,065  $324,405  $405,617 

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

F-15

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process in which: (i) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position, and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

Basic income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration of common stock equivalents. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and potentially dilutive common stock equivalents, including stock options, warrants and restricted stock units and other equity-based awards, except in periods when losses are reported where the effect of the common stock equivalents would be antidilutive. Potential common stock equivalents consist of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants and the vesting of restricted stock units using the treasury method. As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, 29,213,500115,684 and 194,757 potential common sharesshare equivalents from Series B Preferred Stock warrants and options, respectively, were excluded from the diluted EPS calculations as their effect is anti-dilutive.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, customer disputes, government investigations and tax matters. An accrual for a loss contingency is recognized when it is probable that an asset had been impaired, or a liability had been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Other Risks and Uncertainties

To achieve profitable operations, the Company must successfully develop, manufacture and market its products. There can be no assurance that any such products can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products will be successfully marketed. These factors could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial results, financial position, and future cash flows.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company is subject to risks common to similarly-situated companies including, but not limited to, general economic conditions, its customers’ operations and access to capital, and market and business disruptions including severe weather conditions, natural disasters, health hazards, terrorist activities, financial crises, political crises or other major events, or the prospect of these events, new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, uncertainty of market acceptance of products, product liability, and the need to obtain additional financing. As a supplier of services and equipment to cannabis cultivators, the Company is also subject to risks related to the cannabis industry. Although certain states have legalized medical and/or recreational cannabis, U.S. federal laws continue to prohibit marijuana in all its forms as well as its derivatives. Any changes in the enforcement of U.S. federal laws may adversely affect the implementation of state and local cannabis laws and regulations that permit medical or recreational cannabis and, correspondingly, may adversely impact the Company’s customers. The Company’s success is also dependent upon its ability to raise additional capital and to successfully develop and market its products. See Note 3.

F-16

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s senior management team in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company has one1 operating segment that is dedicated to the manufacture and sale of its products.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt – Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), which requires an entity to treat a modification of an equity-classified warrant that does not cause the warrant to become liability-classified as an exchange of the original warrant for a new warrant. This guidance applies whether the modification is structured as an amendment to the terms and conditions of the warrant or as termination of the original warrant and issuance of a new warrant. An entity should measure the effect of a modification as the difference between the fair value of the modified warrant and the fair value of that warrant immediately before modification. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity should apply the amendments prospectively to modifications or exchanges occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity elects to early adopt the amendments in this Update in an interim period, the guidance should be applied as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06: “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts In An Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”) ASU 2020-042020-06 simplifies the accounting for certain convertible instruments by removing the separation models for convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and for convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. As a result, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. Additionally, ASU 2020-042020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share calculation for convertible instruments by requiring the use of the if-converted method. The treasury stock method is no longer available. Entities may adopt the ASU 2020-042020-06 using either a full or modified retrospective approach, and it is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company does not expect thisearly adopted ASU to have a material impact2020-06 on its consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial position.January 1, 2021.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expectCompany’s adoption of this ASU to havehas not had a material impact on its consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

Note 3 – Going ConcernLeases

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.Boulder Facility Lease

The Company has experienced recurring losses since its inception. The Company incurred a net loss of approximately $1,759,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $27,444,000 and a shareholders’ deficit of approximately $1,334,000 as of December 31, 2020. Since inception, the Company has financed its activities principally through debt and equity financing, advance payments from customers and revenues from completed contracts. Management expects to incur additional losses and cash outflows in the foreseeable future in connection with its operating activities.

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of other similar stage and situated companies, including general economic conditions, its customers’ operations and prospects for and ability to obtain project financing, and market and business disruptions, that include the outbreak of COVID-19, dependence on key individuals, successful development, marketing and branding of products; uncertainty of product development and generation of revenues; dependence on outside sources of financing; risks associated with research, development; dependence on third-party suppliers and collaborators; protection of intellectual property; and competition with larger, better-capitalized companies. Ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations is dependent on future events, including obtaining adequate financing to fulfill its development activities and generating a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise debt or equity financing in sufficient amounts, when and if needed, on acceptable terms or at all. The Company’s ability to raise equity capital is also limited by the Company’s stock price, and any such issuance could be highly dilutive to existing shareholders.

The Company’s 2020 revenue of approximately $8,514,000 which represents a decrease of 44% over the prior year. The Company’s revenue recognition on contracts continues to be unpredictable and inconsistent quarter-over-quarter, and the Company has incurred, and expects to incur, additional operating expenses to support such growth. The Company generated approximately $818,000 in cash flow from operating activities in 2020. However, as a result of the Company’s growth and its efforts to expand and upgrade its products, the Company’s working capital deficit as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $2,220,000, compared to approximately $1,437,000 as of December 31, 2019.

The Company also will be affected by constraints on the availability of capital to its customers and prospects who have commenced, or are contemplating, new or expanded cultivation facilities and the overall impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The extent to which COVID-19 will impact the Company’s business and financial results will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. See Note 16. The duration and likelihood of operational success going forward resulting from the fiscal year 2020 measures of adjusting the workforce reductions and cost-cutting measures are uncertain. If these actions do not meet management’s expectations, or additional capital is not available, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements. Other factors that will impact the Company’s ability to continue operations include the market demand for the Company’s products and services, the ability to service its customers and prospects, potential contract cancellations, project scope reductions and project delays, the Company’s ability to fulfill its backlog, the management of working capital, and the continuation of normal payment terms and conditions for purchase of the Company’s products. The Company believes its cash balances and cash flow from operations will be insufficient to fund its operations for the next twelve months. If the Company is unable to increase revenues, or otherwise generate cash flows from operations, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date the financial statements are issued. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 4 – Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)(“ASC 842” or the “new lease standard”). The Company adopted ASC 842 as of January 1, 2019, using the effective date method. Consequently, financial information will not be updated, and the disclosures required under the new lease standard will not be provided, for dates and periods prior to January 1, 2019.

The new lease standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected to apply the “package of practical expedients” which allow the Company to not reassess: (i) whether existing or expired arrangements contain a lease, (ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, or (iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. The Company has also elected to apply the short-term lease exemption for all leases with an original term of less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the recognition and measurements requirements in the new lease standard.

On June 27, 2017, the Company entered into a lease for its manufacturing and office space (the “Facility“Boulder Facility Lease”), which commenced September 29, 2017 and continuescontinued through August 31, 2022. The Company occupied its a 12,700 square foot space for $12,967 $12,967 per month until January 1, 2018.2018. On January 2, 2018, the leased space was expanded to 18,600 18,952 square feet, and the monthly rental rate increased to $18,979 $18,979 until August 31, 2018.2018. Beginning September 1, 2018 and 2019, the monthly rent increased to $19,549 $19,549 and $20,135,$20,135, respectively. On each September 1 through the end of the lease, the monthly rent will increasewas to be increased by 3%. Pursuant to the current lease,Boulder Facility Lease, the Company made a security deposit of $51,000 $51,000 on July 31, 2017. The deposit of $1,600 $1,600 paid to the previous owner of the property was forwarded to the current landlord. The Company hashad the option to renew the Boulder Facility Lease for an additional five years. Additionally, the Company was to pay the actual amounts for property taxes, insurance, and common area maintenance. The Boulder Facility Lease agreement contained customary events of default, representations, warranties, and covenants.

 

F-17

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Under the Boulder Facility Lease, the landlord agreed to pay the Company or the Company’s contractors for tenant improvements made by the Company not to exceed $100,000, which were used for normal tenant improvements. The Company determined that these improvements were not specialized and could be utilized by a subsequent tenant and, as such, the improvements were considered assets of the lessor. As of January 1, 2019, the unamortized amount of tenant improvement allowance of $81,481 was treated as a reduction in measuring the right-of-use asset.

Upon adoption of ASC 842 on January 1, 2019, the Company recognized its Boulder Facility Lease on the balance sheet as an operating lease right-of-use asset in the amount of $714,416 and as a lease liability of $822,374. The lease liability was initially measured as the present value of the unpaid lease payments at adoption and the ROU asset was initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease adoption date, plus any initial direct costs incurred less any lease incentives received. The renewal option to extend the Boulder Facility Lease was not included in the right-of-use asset or lease liability, as the option was not reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company regularly evaluated the renewal option and if it is reasonably certain of exercise, the Company would have included the renewal period in its lease term.

During 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with its landlord to apply its rent deposit of $52,600 $52,600 to rent payments due during the period. The deposit required on the lease will be reduced to approximately $32,000 and will be payable in 12 monthly installments from January through December of 2021. Further, the landlord also agreed to defer payment of fifty percent of the three months of lease payments (base rent only) for the period July to September 2020. The deferred lease payments amount to approximately $30,000 and will bewere payable in 12 monthly installments from January to December 2021.2021.

Total rentOn April 30, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to sublease approximately 6,900 square feet of its office and manufacturing space. The sublease commenced on April 30, 2021 and was to continue on a month-to-month basis until either party gives 30-days’ notice. Subject to the provision to terminate on 30-days’ notice, the sublease was to end upon termination of the Company’s Boulder Facility Lease Agreement with the landlord. Rent was initially charged at $5,989 per month and increased to $11,978 per month effective July 1, 2021. The Sublessor was also responsible for its prorated share of utilities and other related costs. This new sublease did not change the Company’s legal relationship or financial obligations with its landlord. Consequently, the Company continued to be responsible for all the remaining financial obligations under the Boulder Facility Lease is charged to expense overagreement with the termlandlord. Accordingly, entering into the new sublease did not impact the carrying value of the Company’s operating lease right of use asset or operating lease liability. Moreover, after an initial two-month transitional period, the rental rate per square foot under the new sublease was identical to the rental rate per square foot for the Company’s existing lease with its landlord which indicated that there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company’s operating lease right of use asset.

On July 27, 2021, the Company entered into a Boulder Facility Lease Termination Agreement with its landlord for the 18,952 square foot office and manufacturing facility in Boulder, CO, which was previously contracted to expire on August 31, 2022. The termination provided for the Company to vacate the facility no later than November 15, 2021. In exchange for early termination from its lease obligation, the Company paid a straight-line basis, resulting innominal lease termination fee on July 28, 2021. The termination was also contingent upon a successor tenant executing a new lease with the same monthly rent expense throughout the lease. The difference between the rent expense amountlandlord and the actual rent paid is recorded to operating lease liability on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of January 1, 2019,Company paying the remaining deferred rent and security deposit amounts. The landlord and successor tenant entered into a lease agreement on July 27, 2021. The remaining deferred rent and security deposit was be paid in conjunction with the final rent payment. As a result of $26,477 was reclassifiedthe lease termination, effective November 15, 2021, the Company removed the outstanding balances relating to the operatingBoulder Facility Lease right of use asset and lease liability under the newfrom its balance sheet and recorded a $15,832 gain on lease standard.extinguishment which has been recognized in other income.

F-18

 

Surna Inc.

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement

Upon adoption

The New Facility Lease

On July 28, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to lease 11,491 square feet of office and manufacturing space (the “New Facility Lease”), in Louisville, CO. The New Facility lease commenced on November 1, 2021 and continues through January 31, 2027.From November 2021 through January 2022, the monthly rent was abated. Beginning February 2022, the monthly rent is $10,055 and will increase by 3% annually every November through the end of the new lease standard,New Facility Lease term. Pursuant to the New Facility Lease, the Company made a security deposit of $14,747. The Company has the option to renew the New Facility Lease for an additional five years. Additionally, the Company pays the actual amounts for property taxes, insurance, and common area maintenance. The New Facility Lease agreement contains customary events of default, representations, warranties, and covenants.

Upon commencement of the New Facility Lease, the Company recognized its lease for manufacturing and office space (the “Facility Lease”) on the balance sheet as an operating lease right-of-use asset and lease liability in the amount of $714,416 and as a$582,838. The lease liability was initially measured as the present value of $822,374.the unpaid lease payments at commencement and the ROU asset was initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred less any lease incentives received. The renewal option to extend the New Facility Lease is not included in the right-of-use asset or lease liability, as the option is not reasonably certain of exercise.to be exercised. The Company regularly evaluates the renewal option and when it is reasonably certain of exercise, the Company will include the renewal period in its lease term.

Under the Facility Lease, the landlord agreed to pay the Company or theThe Company’s contractors for tenant improvements made by the Company not to exceed $100,000, which were used for normal tenant improvements. The Company determined that these improvements were not specializedoperating and could be utilized by a subsequent tenant and, as such, the improvements were consideredfinance right-of-use assets of the lessor. As of January 1, 2019, the unamortized amount of tenant improvement allowance of $81,481 was treated as a reduction in measuring the right-of-use asset.

Under the Facility Lease, the Company pays the actual amounts for property taxes and insurance, excludes such payments from lease contract consideration, and records such payments as incurred. The Company also pays the landlord for common area maintenance, which is considered a non-lease component. For the Facility Lease, the Company has elected to exclude non-lease components from lease contract consideration.

In determining the right-of-use asset and lease liability,liabilities are as follows:

Schedule of Lease Cost

  

As of December 31,

2021

  

As of December 31,

2020

 
Operating lease right-of-use asset $565,877  $343,950 
Operating lease liability, current $100,139  $266,105 
Operating lease liability, long-term $486,226  $169,119 
         
Remaining lease term  5.1 years   1.7 years 
Discount rate  3.63%  5.00%

Cash paid during the Company applied a discount rate to the minimum lease payments under the Facility Lease. ASC 842 requires the Company to use the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Since the discount rate is not implicityear for amounts included in the measurement of lease agreement, we utilized an estimated incremental borrowing rate provided by the Company’s depository bank.

The lease cost, cash flows and other information related to the Facility Lease wereliabilities is as follows:

  

For the Year Ended

 
  December 31, 2020 
Operating lease cost $216,889 
Operating cash outflow from operating lease $160,934 
  

For the Year Ended December 31,

 
  2021  2020 
Operating cash outflow from operating lease $257,961  $160,934 

   

As of

December 31, 2020

 
Operating lease right-of-use assset $343,950 
Operating lease liability, current $266,105 
Operating lease liability, long-term $169,119 
     
Remaining lease term  1.7 years 
Discount rate  5.00%

Future annual minimum lease payments on the Facility Leaseunder non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 20202021 were as follows:

Schedule of Future Annual Minimum Lease Payments

Years ended December 31,   
2022 $111,204 
2023  124,897 
2024  128,643 
2025  132,503 
2026  136,473 
Thereafter  11,654 
Total minimum lease payments  645,374 
Less imputed interest  (59,009)
Present value of minimum lease payments $586,365 

F-19

 

Years ended December 31,   
2021  281,864 
2022  170,891 
Total minimum lease payments  452,755 
Less imputed interest  (17,531)
Present value of minimum lease payments $435,224 

 

SurnaCEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement

Note 54Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following:

Schedule of Inventory

 As of December 31, 
 2020  2019  

December 31,

2021

 

December 31,

2020

 
Finished goods $201,778  $1,041,369  $272,199  $201,778 
Work in progress  4,231   3,851   1,050   4,231 
Raw materials  214,145   257,399   196,456   214,145 
Allowance for excess & obsolete inventory  (93,045)  (71,376)  (91,379)  (93,045)
Inventory, net $327,109  $1,231,243  $378,326  $327,109 

Overhead expenses of $17,974 $13,589and $31,831 $17,974 were included in the inventory balance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Note 65Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

  As of December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Furniture and equipment $398,422  $389,090 
Vehicles  15,000   15,000 
Leasehold improvements  215,193   215,193 
   628,615   619,283 
Accumulated depreciation  (480,883)  (361,360)
Property and equipment, net $147,732  $257,923 

Schedule of Property and Equipment

  

December 31,

2021

  

December 31,

2020

 
Furniture and equipment $274,472  $398,422 
Vehicles  15,000   15,000 
Leasehold improvements  -   215,193 
   289,472   628,615 
Accumulated depreciation  (212,126)  (480,883)
Property and equipment, net $77,346  $147,732 

Depreciation expense amounted to $119,524 $64,937for the year ended December 31, 2021, of which $6,109 was allocated to cost of revenue, $1,527 was allocated to inventory, with the remainder recorded as selling, general and administrative expense. Depreciation expense amounted to $119,524 for the year ended December 31, 2020, of which $6,394 $5,115 was allocated to cost of revenue. Depreciation expense amounted to $157,860 for the year ended December 31, 2019, of which $7,010 revenue, $1,279 was allocated to cost of revenue.inventory, with the remainder recorded as selling, general and administrative expense.

F-20

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s property and equipment, net included the gross cost of the equipment leasedCEA Industries Inc.

Notes to a cultivation company affiliated with one of the Co-founders of $176,042, and accumulated depreciation of $39,120. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company wrote-off the carrying value of the leased equipment. See Note 10.Consolidated Financial Statement

Note 76Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

Schedule of Intangible Assets

 As of December 31,  As of December 31, 
 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Patents $8,110  $12,234  $-  $8,110 
Website development costs  22,713   22,713   22,713   22,713 
Trademarks  1,830   1,830   1,830   1,830 
  32,653   36,777   24,543   32,653 
Accumulated amortization  (25,426)  (24,847)  (22,713)  (25,426)
Intangible assets, net $7,227  $11,930  $1,830  $7,227 

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Patents when issued are amortized over 14 years, and web site development costs are amortized over five years.years. Trademarks are not amortized since they have an indefinite life. Amortization expense for intangibles amounted to $579 $434 and $3,320 $579 for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the Company wrote-off $4,124 $8,110 and $7,778,$4,124, respectively, related to patents that had been abandoned.

Note 87Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

Schedule of Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

 As of December 31, 
 2020  2019  

December 31,

2021

 

December 31,

2020

 
Accounts payable $918,639  $1,299,015  $616,056  $918,639 
Sales commissions payable  48,263   69,532   27,592   48,263 
Accrued payroll liabilities  288,071   169,052   322,873   288,071 
Product warranty accrual  173,365   185,234   186,605   173,365 
Other accrued expenses  356,623   110,127   192,463   356,623 
Total $1,784,961  $1,832,959  $1,345,589  $1,784,961 

AccountsThe December 31, 2020 accounts payable and other accrued expenses includes $402,651 included $402,651 relating to a one-time warranty issue experienced on three customers’ projects. The expenses related to parts and labor to repair units that had been delivered to these customers prior to year-end. Since the issue iswas limited to these three projects and is not anticipated to reoccur in the future, we have made no adjustment to the ongoing 1% warranty reserve that we accrue on all sales.sales.

Note 98Note Payable and Accrued Interest

On February 10, 2021, the Company entered into a note payable with its current bank in the principal amount of $514,200, for working capital purposes.

The loan amount bears interest at 1% and is due on February 5, 2026. The loan may be repaid in advance without penalty. The loan is also potentially forgivable in full provided proceeds are used for payment of payroll expenses, rent, utilities and mortgage interest and certain other terms and conditions are met. If any portion of the loan is not forgiven, payments will commence 10 months following the end of the 24-week deferral period. The loan has typical default provisions, including for change of ownership, general lender insecurity as to repayment, non-payment of amounts due, defaults on other debt instruments, insolvency, dissolution or termination of the business as a going concern and bankruptcy.

F-21

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

During the year ended December 31, 2021, interest of $2,832 was accrued, respectively, in respect of this note payable.

On November 30, 2021, the Company received notice from the bank that its loan received on February 10, 2021, in the principal amount of $514,200and all accrued interest of $2,832, was fully forgiven. This gain on loan forgiveness was recorded as Other Income in the Statement of Operations during the year.

On April 22, 2020, the Company entered into a note payable with its current bank in the principal amount of $554,000,$554,000, for working capital purposes.

The loan amount was subject to interest at 1%1% and was initially due on April 20, 2022.2022. Subsequently, the term of the loan was potentially to be extended to April 20, 2025.2025. The loan could be repaid in advance without penalty. The loan was also potentially forgivable in full provided proceeds were used for payment of payroll expenses, rent, utilities and mortgage interest and certain other terms and conditions were met. The loan had typical default provisions, including for change of ownership, general lender insecurity as to repayment, non-payment of amounts due, defaults on other debt instruments, insolvency, dissolution or termination of the business as a going concern and bankruptcy.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, interest of $3,203 $3,203 was accrued in respect of this note payable.

On December 11, 2020, the Company received notice from the bank that its loan received on April 22, 2020, in the principal amount of $554,000 $554,000 and all accrued interest of $3,203,$3,203, was fully forgiven. This gain on loan forgiveness was recorded as Other Income in the Statement of Operations during the year.

As further discussedNote 9 – Temporary Equity

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On September 28, 2021, the Company sold to an institutional investor (the “Investor”), 3,300 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, stated value $1,000 per share, currently convertible into 385,965 shares of common stock, and a warrant to purchase up to 192,982 shares of common stock (“Investor Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000 (“Consideration”). The Company received net proceeds of approximately $1,260,000 on September 28, 2021, and the balance of approximately $1,365,000 on November 4, 2021, following completion of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock and redeem the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, as required by the Investor.

The Series B Preferred Stock has an annual dividend of 8% and has an initial common stock conversion price of $8.55. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment in Note 16 Subsequent Eventsvarious circumstances, including stock splits, stock dividends, pro rata distributions, fundamental transactions and upon a triggering event and subject to reset if the common stock of the Company sold in any subsequent equity transaction, including a qualified offering, is sold at a price below the then conversion price.

The Series B Preferred Stock is mandatorily convertible on February 10, 2021, we received funding basedthe third anniversary of its issuance. All conversions of the Series B Preferred Stock are subject to a blocker provision of 4.99%.

The Company will reserve 200% of the number of shares of common stock into which the Series B Preferred Stock and Investor Warrant may be converted or exercised.

The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the demand by the holders, at 120% of the stated value of $1,000, at any time after the earlier of (x) the consummation by the Company of a qualified offering, or (y) the first anniversary of the issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares.

The Investor was granted a right of participation in future private offerings and has agreed to a 180-day lock-up in connection with a qualified offering. A “qualified offering” is the first public offering after the sale of the Series B Preferred Stock in which the common stock of the Company is listed on a loan agreement entered into on February 5, 2021 withnational exchange.

F-22

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

The Investor Warrant may be exercised until September 28, 2024, at an initial exercise price of $9.45, subject to adjustment. The Investor Warrant provides for cashless exercise if the underlying shares of common stock are not registered for resale, and all issuances of common stock upon exercise are subject to a 4.99% blocker provision.

The Company granted the Investor registration rights for the shares of common stock underlying the Series B Preferred Stock and the Investor Warrants. The Company must file a registration statement no later than 180 days after the date of a qualified offering and have it effective in 45 days if there is no Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) review, or if there is a review, within 75 days. The Company must keep the registration statement effective until all the shares registered have been sold or may be sold under Rule 144, without regard to volume and holding period restrictions.

The Company engaged ThinkEquity LLC (“ThinkEquity”) as its current bank inplacement agent and paid a total cash fee of 9%, or $270,000, and its expenses, less prepaid expenses, and issued to ThinkEquity and its designees warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 34,737 shares of common stock. The exercise price of the principal amountwarrant initially will be $10.40 per share, subject to typical adjustment provisions, and exercisable for a term of $514,200 for working capital purposes. Consistent withthree years. The warrant has registration rights.

Probability of Redemption: As it was considered probable the loan provisions,Series B Preferred stock will become redeemable outside of the Company’s control, the Series B Preferred stock needs to be disclosed as temporary equity and restated at the balance sheet date at its redemption value of 120% the stated value of $1,000 per share, or $3,960,000. As a result, the Company will usehas adjusted the proceeds to meet payroll and benefit expenses as well as for rent and utilities. The loan amount bears interest at 1% and is due on February 5, 2026. The loan may be repaid in advance without penalty. The loan has typical default provisions, including for change of ownership, general lender insecurity as to repayment, non-payment of amounts due, defaults on other debt instruments, insolvency, dissolution or terminationcarrying value of the businessSeries B Preferred Stock to its redemption value of $3,960,000 and recorded a $2,262,847 non-cash redemption value adjustment. This redemption value adjustment is treated as similar to a going concern and bankruptcy.dividend on the preferred stock for GAAP purposes; accordingly, the redemption value adjustment is therefore added to the “Net Loss” to arrive at “Net Loss Attributable to Common Shareholders’” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, since the Company does not have a balance of retained earnings, the redemption value adjustment was recorded against additional paid-in capital.

Note 10 – Related Party Agreements and Transactions

Agreements and Transaction with Company’s Co-Founders

The following describes certain agreements and transactions between the Company and its co-founders (the “Co-founders”). The Co-founders held various executive officer and director positions with the Company until May 2018. One of the Co-founders also was a consultant to the Company until May 2018. The Co-founders are also shareholders of the Company. Based on information available to the Company, the Co-founders did not own more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock at any time during 2019 or 2020.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Equipment, Demonstration and Product Testing Agreement

In May 2017, the Company entered into a three-year equipment, demonstration and product testing agreement with a licensed cannabis cultivation company affiliated with one of the Co-founders. Under this agreement, the Company agreed to lease the cultivation company certain cultivation equipment in exchange for a quarterly fee of $16,500, which was increased to $18,330 to reflect additional leased equipment requested by the cultivation company (the “Lease Fee”). In consideration for access to the cultivation facility to conduct demonstration tours and for the product testing and data to be provided by the cultivation company, the Company agreed to pay the cultivation company a quarterly fee of $12,000 (the “Demo and Testing Fee”).

The Company and the cultivation company each made their respective payments under this agreement through June 30, 2018. Thereafter, the cultivation company failed to make any subsequent payments of the Lease Fee and, as a result, the Company did not pay the Demo and Testing Fee. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company notified the cultivation company of its breach for non-payment of the Lease Fee. In February 2020, the parties mutually agreed to terminate this agreement and release each other from all claims related to this agreement, including any unpaid Lease Fees or Demo and Testing Fees. The Company also agreed to transfer the equipment to the cultivation company for no additional consideration.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded Demo and Testing Fees of $32,000 as operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company also recorded Lease Fees of $48,880 as “Other income, net” in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2018, unpaid Lease Fees of $36,660 were included in accounts receivable and unpaid Demo and Testing Fees of $24,000 were included in accounts payable.

During the third quarter of 2019, the Company determined that it was unlikely that any further payment of Lease Fees would be paid by the cultivation company, and the Company: (i) wrote off the balance of the accounts receivable related to unpaid Lease Fees, with a corresponding charge to “Other income, net” in the consolidated statements of operations, (ii) reversed the accounts payable related to the unpaid Demo and Testing Fees, with a corresponding credit to operating expenses, and (iii) wrote-off the remaining carrying value of the leased equipment of $107,581, which was included in property and equipment on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the net impact of the foregoing items on the consolidated statements of operations was a charge of $120,241.

Employment Agreement

In May 2018, the Company and one of the Co-founders entered into an employment agreement which provided for an initial base salary of $150,000 per year and certain sales incentive. Pursuant to the employment agreement, the Company awarded 4,800,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to the Co-founder that vested at certain dates in the future, subject to the co-founder’s continued employment. As of December 31, 2019: (i) the Company has issued 2,000,000 shares of common stock in settlement of vested RSUs, (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock in settlement of RSUs that vested December 31, 2019 were issued subsequent to December 31, 2019, (iii) the parties mutually agreed to cancel 1,000,000 RSUs, and (iii) 800,000 RSUs vested on April 30, 2020, however, the holder elected to cancel the RSUs.

Consulting Agreement

As further discussed in Note 16 Subsequent Events below, onOn January 7, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with RSX Enterprises, Inc. (RSX), a company controlled by Mr. James R. Shipley, a director of the Company. RSX will provideprovided consulting services to the Company focused on product offerings, engineering requirements, key customer marketing outreach, and related matters, as mutually determined by the Company and RSX. The Company will paypaid a monthly consulting fee of $6,500 $6,500 for up to 50 hours per month for the various consulting activities undertaken and provide for reimbursement of expenses. The total amount paid on this agreement was $19,500. The term of the agreement iswas set for three months. Any intellectual property developed by RSX will belong to the Company, and the contract provides for typical indemnification obligations and confidentiality provisions.

The company entered into a manufacturer representative agreement with RSX Enterprises in March 2021 to become a non-exclusive representative for the Company to assist in marketing and soliciting orders. James R. Shipley, a current director of the Company, has a significant ownership interest in RSX.

Under the manufacturer representative agreement, RSX will act as a non-exclusive representative for the Company within the United States, Canada and Mexico and may receive a commission for qualified customer leads. The agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2021, with automatic one-year renewal terms unless prior notice is given 90 days prior to each annual expiration. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid $42,639in commissions under this agreement.

F-23

 

Surna Inc.

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsStatement

Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

As of December 31, 2019, there were 6,750,000 restricted stock units that had not beenThe Company settled due to a disputelitigation with a former employee overeffective March 30, 2021. While the required withholding taxesCompany disputed the merits of the claims, the Company agreed to be paidissue an aggregate of 6,667 shares of common stock of the Company, as part of the settlement. These shares were issued on April 8, 2021, as “restricted securities,” subject to a lock-up agreement of six months, without registration rights, and pursuant to a private placement exemption. The settlement agreement also included mutual releases and no admission of liability. The cost to the Company for remittance toof this settlement, $107,000, in total, has been recognized in full in Other Expenses during the appropriate tax authorities.year ended December 31, 2021. The Company commenced an arbitration action againstissuance of the former employee regarding the dispute. The former employee also made claims in the arbitration action against the Company for unpaid wages. As stated in a pleading in the arbitration, on March 9, 2020, the Company issued the former employee 6,750,0006,667 shares of the Company’s common stock (valued at $67,000) has been recognized in settlement of these restrictedcommon stock units after taking measures to mitigateissued during the Company’s exposure to penalties and liability for the failure to properly withhold income taxes. The Arbitrator issued an interim award of approximately $10,000 in the Company’s favor and a finding against the former employee. Effective June 9, 2020, the Arbitrator issued his final award in the Company’s favor in the Colorado arbitration. The Arbitrator found against the former employee and awarded the Company costs of $33,985, with interest at 8% per year. Effective July 22, 2020, the Colorado Court confirmed the Arbitration award and entered a final judgement in favor of the Company and against the former employee. The Company pursued collection of this debt and has now collected the debt owed. This former employee is continuing to pursue separate litigation against the Company for recovery of alleged consulting fees owed to him for the 2015 calendar year prior to his appointment as an executive officer of the Company. The Company strongly disputes the ongoing litigation and in the remote event of an adverse outcome, the amount of any settlement loss for this case is not reasonably estimable as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements.ended December 31, 2021.

From time to time, in the normal course of its operations, the Company is subject to litigation matters and claims. Litigation can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict, and the Company’s view of these matters may change in the future as the litigation and events related thereto unfold. The Company expenses legal fees as incurred. The Company records a liability for contingent losses when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. An unfavorable outcome to any legal matter, if material, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations or its financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and certain of its officers and employees that will require the Company to, among other things, indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers, or employees. The Company maintains director and officer insurance, which may cover certain liabilities arising from its obligation to indemnify its directors and certain of its officers and employees, and former officers, directors, and employees of acquired companies, in certain circumstances.

Note 12 – Preferred and Common Stock

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company had 150,000,000shares of Preferred Stock authorized at a $0.00001par value.

F-24

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

A further discussed in Note 16 Subsequent Events below, effective January 17, 2022, the Board of Directors approved a reduction in the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 150,000,000 to 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Series A Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2021, and 2019, there were December 31, 2020, the Company has 0and 42,030,331shares of Series A preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share,Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The holders of Series A preferred stock have one vote per share of Series A preferred stock equivalent to one vote ofoutstanding, respectively.

Effective November 4, 2021, the Company’s common stock. The Series A preferred stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock. The holders of Company redeemed all 42,030,331 shares of Series A preferred stock are not entitled to receive dividendsPreferred Stock issued and have no conversion or preemptive rights. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding upoutstanding for the issuance of 2,802 shares of common stock.

The $20,595 excess in the fair value of the Company’s business, after payment to2,802 shares of common stock ($21,015) issued over the holdersbook value of any senior securities, the holders42,030,331 shares of Series A preferred stock are entitledPreferred Stock ($420) redeemed has been accounted for as a deemed dividend to receive a preferential cash payment per shareSeries A Preferred shareholders.

Series B Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company has 3,300and 0shares of Series A preferred stock equalB Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

As further described in Note 9 – Temporary Equity above, on September 28, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with an institutional investor (the “Investor”), pursuant to which the Investor purchased from the Company 3,300 shares of Series B Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1,000 per share, or $3,300,000 of stated value in the preferred stock, prioraggregate (“Series B Preferred Stock”), and a warrant to any paymentpurchase up to the holders192,982 shares of common stock.stock of the Company (“Investor Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000 (“Consideration”).

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 850,000,000 and 350,000,000 shares of common stock, respectively, with a par value of $0.00001per share.

Effective November 3, 2021, the Company increased the number of authorized shares of common stock from 350,000,000 to 850,000,000.

As further discussed in Note 16 – Subsequent Events below, effective January 17, 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a reduction in the number of authorized shares of common stock from 850,000,000 to 200,000,000 shares of common stock.

 

As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company has 1,600,835 and 1,576,844 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued shares of its common stock as follows:

On April 8, 2021, the Company issued 6,667 shares of common stock, valued at $67,000 as part of a legal settlements as further described in Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies – Litigation above.
On November 4, 2021, the Company issued 2,802 shares of common stock, valued at $21,015 to redeem 42,303,331 shares of Series A Preferred Stock as further described in Note 12 – Preferred and Common Stock – Series A Preferred Stock above.
On November 24, 2021, the Company issued 6,803 shares of its common stock, valued at $50,000, to the CEO, pursuant to a new Executive Employment Agreement, under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan as further described in Note 14 Equity Incentive Plans below.
On December 30, 2021, the Company issued 7,719 shares of its common stock, valued at $39,368 in settlement of $67,448 dividends that had accrued on the Series A Preferred Stock. The $28,080 gain on settlement of this related party liability has been recognized in additional paid in capital

F-25

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Consequently, effective December 31, 2021, 1,600,835shares of common stock were issued and outstanding.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not issue any shares of its common stock in a private, non-registered transaction.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not issue any shares of its common stock in a private, non-registered transaction.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued shares of its common stock under the 2017 Equity Plan as follows:

1,000,0006,667 shares to an employee in settlement of certain RSUs that vested on December 31, 2019;2019.
   
560,0003,733 shares pursuant to a special incentive stock bonus approved by the Board for the period ended December 31, 2019; and2019.
   
6,750,00045,000 shares in settlement of restricted stock unitsRSUs to a former employee after taking measures to mitigate the Company’s exposure to penalties and liability for the failure to properly withhold income taxes, as further discussed in Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies, Litigation above.

During the year endedConsequently, effective December 31, 2019, the Company issued2020, 1,576,844 shares of its common stock under the Company’s 2017 Equity Plan as follows:were issued and outstanding

197,370 shares of common stock were issued to independent directors in lieu of cash director fees;
789,474 shares of common stock were issued to independent directors as the 2019 equity retainer fee;
1,120,000 shares of common stock were issued to certain employees in settlement of vested restricted stock units; and
1,120,000 shares of common stock were issued to certain employees as a stock incentive bonus.

Note 13 – Outstanding Warrants

The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding warrants to purchase common stock during the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019:2020:

Schedule of Outstanding Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

    Weighted Weighted        Weighted Weighted    
    Average Average Aggregate     Average Average Aggregate 
 Number Exercise Remaining Life Intrincic   Number Exercise Remaining Life Intrinsic 
 Outstanding Price In Months Value   Outstanding Price In Months Value 
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2018  40,010,250  $0.25   21  $0 
                
Issued  -   -   -   - 
                
Exercised  -   -   -   - 
                
Expired  (901,250) $(0.66)  -  $0 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2019  39,109,000  $0.24   9  $0    260,727  $36.00   9  $0 
                                 
Issued  -   -   -   -    -   -   -       - 
                                 
Exercised  -   -   -   -    -   -   -   - 
                                 
Expired  (31,546,500) $(0.23)  -  $0    (210,310) $(34.50)  -  $0 
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2020  7,562,500  $0.25   6  $0    50,417  $37.50   6  $0 
                 
Issued   222,719  $9.59   36   - 
                 
Exercised   -   -   -   - 
                 
Expired   (50,417) $37.50   -  $0 
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2021   227,719  $9.59   33  $0 

F-23F-26

CEA Industries Inc.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement

The following table summarizes information about warrants outstanding at December 31, 2020.2021.

Schedule of Warrants Outstanding

      Weighted Average Life of 
   Warrants  Outstanding Warrants 
Exercise price  Outstanding  In Months 
        
 0.25   7,562,500   6 
   Warrants  Weighted Average 
Exercise price  Outstanding  Months Outstanding 
        
9.45   192,982   33 
          
10.40   34,737   33 
    227,719   33 

Series 2 Warrants

In October 2014, the Company offered up to 60 investment units at a price per unit of $50,000. Each unit consisted of (i) 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (ii) a $50,000 10% convertible promissory note (“Series 2 Convertible Note”), and (iii) warrants for the purchase of 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Series 2 Warrants”). As of December 31, 2018, Series 2 Warrants to purchase 901,250 shares of common stock were outstanding, all of which expired unexercised during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Warrants Issued to Investment Bank

Pursuant to a certain agreement for services rendered in connection with the conversion of the Series 2 Convertible Notes, during the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued to an investment bank or its designees a warrant (“Banker Warrant”) to purchase, at an exercise price $0.35 $52.50 per share, 500,000 3,333 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Banker Warrants were fully vested on the date of issuance, were exercisable beginning December 20, 2017, and expired unexercised on June 20, 2020.

Q1 2017 Warrants

In March 2017, the Company issued 16,781,250 111,875 investment units, for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,685,000,$2,685,000, or $0.16 $24.00 per unit. Each unit consisted of one sharehundred and fifty shares of the Company’s common stock and one warranthundred and fifty warrants for the purchase of one share of the Company’s common stock (“Q1 2017 Warrants”); however, one investor declined receipt of the warrant to purchase 468,750 3,125 shares of the Company’s common stock. Pursuant to the Q1 2017 Warrants, the holder thereof may at any time on or after six months after the issuance date and on or prior to the close of business on the date that is the third anniversary of the issuance date, purchase up to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock as set forth in the respective warrant. The exercise price per share of the common stock under the Q1 2017 Warrants is $0.26,$39.00, subject to customary adjustments as provided in the warrant. Each Q1 2017 Warrant was callable at the Company’s option commencing six months from the issuance date, provided the closing price of the Company’s common stock was $0.42 $63.00 or greater for five 5consecutive trading days. Commencing at any time after the date on which such call condition was satisfied, the Company had the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the holder, to redeem the warrant shares at a price of $0.01 $1.50 per warrant share. The holder could have exercised the warrant at any time (in whole or in part) prior to the redemption date at the exercise price. These warrants expired unexercised in March 2020.2020.

Q4 2017 Warrants

In December 2017, the Company issued 14,734,000 98,227 investment units for aggregate proceeds of $1,768,080,$1,768,080, or $0.12 $18.00 per unit. Each unit consisted of one sharehundred and fifty shares of the Company’s common stock and one warranthundred and fifty warrants for the purchase of one share of the Company’s common stock (“Q4 2017 Warrants”). The Q4 2017 Warrants had an exercise price of $0.20 $30.00 per share, subject to customary adjustments as provided in the warrant, and had a term of three years. The Q4 2017 Warrants were callable at the Company’s option, provided the closing price of the Company’s common stock was $0.36 $54.00 or greater for five 5consecutive trading days. Commencing at any time after the date on which the call condition is satisfied, the Company had the right, upon notice to the holders, to redeem the shares of common stock underlying each warrant at a price of $0.01 $1.50 per share, but such redemption could not occur earlier than sixty-one (61) days following the date of the receipt of notice by the holder. The holder could exercise the warrant at any time (in whole or in part) prior to the redemption date at the exercise price. These warrants expired unexercised in December 2020.2020.

F-27

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Q2 2018 Warrants

In June 2018, the Company completed a private placement offering of investment units, with each unit consisting of one share of the Company’s common stock and one Q2 2018 Warrant.Warrant. The Q2 2018 Warrants have an exercise price of $0.25 $37.5 per share of the common stock underlying each warrant, subject to customary adjustments as provided in the warrant. The Q2 2018 Warrants are exercisable commencing July 1, 2018 until June 30, 2021.2021. The Q2 2018 Warrants are callable at the Company’s option, beginning on July 1, 2019 until the expiration thereof on June 30, 2021, provided the closing price of the Company’s common stock is $0.40 (subject$60.00 (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrant) or greater for five 5consecutive trading days. Commencing at any time after the date on which the call condition is satisfied, the Company has the right, upon notice to the holders, to redeem the shares of common stock underlying each warrant at a price of $0.01 $1.50 per share, but such redemption may not occur earlier than sixty-one (61) days following the date of the receipt of notice by the holder. The holder may exercise the warrant (in whole or in part) prior to the redemption date at the exercise price. AsThese warrants expired unexercised in June 2021.

Q3 2021 Warrants

On September 28, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor, pursuant to which the investor purchased from the Company 3,300 shares of December 31, 2020, Q2 2018 Warrantsconvertible Series B Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1,000 per share, or $3,300,000 of stated value in the aggregate, and a warrant to purchase 7,562,500 up to 192,982 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Q3 2021 Warrants”), for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000. The warrant is exercisable until September 28, 2024, at an initial exercise price of $9.45, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and other typical adjustments and changes in capitalization, including mergers and acquisitions and distribution of rights.

Warrants Issued to Placement Agent

In connection with the sale of the shares of convertible Series B Preferred described above, the Company issued 34,737 warrants to the placement agent and its designees (the “Placement Agent Warrants”). Half of the warrants were outstanding.

Surna Inc.

Notesissued on September 28, 2021, and the second half were issued on November 3, 2021, and are exercisable until September 28, 2024 and November 3, 2024, respectively. The exercise price per share of the placement agent warrants is $10.40, subject to Consolidated Financial Statementsadjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and other typical adjustments and changes in capitalization, including mergers and acquisitions and distribution of rights.

Note 14 – Equity Incentive Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

On August 1, 2017, the Board adopted and approvedUnder the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be modified and amended by the Company from time to time (the “2017 Equity Plan”) in order to attract, motivate, retain, and reward high-quality executives and other employees, officers, directors, consultants, and other persons who provide services to, the Company by enabling such persons to acquire an equity interest in the Company. Under the 2017 Equity Plan, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) (or the compensation committee of the Board, if one is established) may award stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock unit awards (“RSUs”), shares granted as a bonus or in lieu of another award, and other stock-based performance awards. The 2017 Equity Plan allocates 50,000,000 333,333 shares of the Company’s common stock (“Plan Shares”) for issuance of equity awards under the 2017 Equity Plan. AsIf any shares subject to an award are forfeited, expire, or otherwise terminate without issuance of such shares, the shares will, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, or termination, again be available for awards under the 2017 Equity Plan.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

On March 22, 2021, the Board approved the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Equity Plan”), which was approved by the stockholders on July 22, 2021. The 2021 Equity Plan permits the Board to grant awards of up to 666,667 shares of common stock. The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards and other equity linked awards to our employees, consultants and directors. If an equity award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to this Plan.

F-28

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Equity Incentive Plan Issuances During 2021

During the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, the Company hasissued 6,803 shares of its common stock under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted awards for 67,046 stock options, 40,816 as incentive stock options and 26,230 as non-qualified stock options as further described below.

Of the total stock options granted, 20,239 were non-qualified stock options under the 2017 Equity Plan awards inand 46,807 stock options were issued under the form of RSAs for services rendered by independent directors2021 Equity Plan, 40,816 as incentive stock options and consultants, 5,991 as non-qualified stock options.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, 2,341 non-qualified stock options RSUsunder the 2017 Equity Plan were forfeited by employees who ceased to be employed by the Company during the course of the year.

As of December 31, 2021, stock options related to 209,045 shares were issued and outstanding.

As of December 31, 2021, of the 333,333 shares authorized under the 2017 Plan for equity awards, 163,692 shares have been issued, awards related to 162,238 options remain outstanding, and 7,403 shares remain available for future equity awards.

As of December 31, 2021, of the 666,667 shares authorized under the 2021 Equity Plan, 6,803 relate to restricted shares issued, 5,991 relate to outstanding non-qualified stock bonusoptions, 40,816 relate to outstanding incentive stock options and 613,057 shares remain available for future equity awards.

The totalThere was $277,422 in unrecognized compensation expense for unvested non-qualified stock options at December 31, 2020 was $6,412,2021 which will be recognized over approximately 3 months.2.5 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had accrued fees owed to the Company’s independent directors totaling $15,000, which were payable in equity. During the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, the Company issued 197,370 shares of restricted stock, which were fully vested at the time of the award, in settlement of these accrued fees.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company also awarded 789,474 6,803 shares of restricted stock under the 20172021 Equity Incentive Plan with a value of $50,000 to the Company’s independent directors and consultants as an equity retainer fee for 2019. These restricted shares were fully vested at the time of the award and the aggregate value attributable to these shares was $60,000, as calculated using the fair value of the Company’s common stock on date the Board approved these awards.Chief Executive Officer in accordance with a new Executive Employment Agreement effective November 24, 2021.

Non-Qualified Stock Options

The Company uses the Black-Scholes Model to determine the fair value of options granted. Option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, particularly for the expected stock price volatility and the expected term of options. Changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. The expected stock price volatility assumptions are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over periods that are similar to the expected terms of grants and other relevant factors. The Company derives the expected term based on an average of the contract term and the vesting period taking into consideration the vesting schedules and future employee behavior with regard to option exercise. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields for a maturity approximating the expected term calculated at the date of grant. The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its common stock and the Company has no intention to pay a dividend at this time; therefore, the Company assumes that no dividends will be paid over the expected terms of option awards.

F-29

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

The Company determines the assumptions used in the valuation of option awards as of the date of grant. Differences in the expected stock price volatility, expected term or risk-free interest rate may necessitate distinct valuation assumptions at those grant dates. As such, the Company may use different assumptions for options granted throughout the year. The valuation assumptions used to determine the fair value of each option award on the date of grant were: expected stock price volatility 114.97%148.87% - 122.48%152.51%; expected term in of 5 - 10years and risk-free interest rate 0.2%1.2% - 2.37%1.64%.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Employee and Consultant Options

A summary of the non-qualified stock options granted to employees and consultants under the 2017 Equity Plan and the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan during the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are presented in the table below:

Schedule of Stock Option Activity 

 Number of Options  Weighted Average Exercise Price  Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term  

Aggregate Intrinsic

Value

  

Number of

Options

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining Contractual

Term

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 
                    
Outstanding, December 31, 2018  10,560,000  $0.104   8.4  $- 
Granted  2,000,000  $0.080         
Exercised  -   -         
Forfeited  (2,408,333) $0.116         
Expired  (16,667) $0.105         
Outstanding, December 31, 2019  10,135,000  $0.096   7.7  $-   67,567  $14.40   7.7  $         - 
Granted  6,616,900  $0.070   10.0       44,113  $10.50   10.0     
Exercised  -               -             
Forfeited  -               -             
Expired  (2,500,900) $0.101   4.3       (16,673) $15.15   4.3     
Outstanding, December 31, 2020  14,251,000  $0.083   8.3  $-   95,007  $12.45   7.1  $- 
Exercisable, December 31, 2020  14,251,000  $0.083   8.3  $- 
Granted  65,508  $9.00   10.0  $- 
Exercised  -             
Forfeited  (2,341) $16.83   7.0  $- 
Expired  -             
Outstanding, December 31, 2021  158,174  $10.99   7.6  $- 
Exercisable, December 31, 2021  116,328  $12.12   6.8  $- 

A summary of non-vested non-qualified stock options activity for employees and consultants under the 2017 Equity Plan and the 2021 Equity Plan for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are presented in the table below:

Summary of Non-vested Non-qualified Stock Option Activity

 Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Grant-Date
Fair Value
  

Number of

Options

  

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

  

Grant-Date

Fair Value

 
                  
Nonvested, December 31, 2018  7,333,329  $0.086  $             -  $628,756 
Granted  2,000,000  $0.065      $130,120 
Vested  (4,924,996) $0.074      $362,998 
Forfeited  (2,408,333) $0.102      $246,344 
Expired  -   -      $- 
Nonvested, December 31, 2019  2,000,000  $0.075  $-  $149,534   13,333  $11.25  $   -  $149,534 
Granted  6,616,900  $0.059      $387,199   44,113  $8.85      $387,199 
Vested  (8,616,900) $0.062      $536,733   (57,446) $9.30      $536,733 
Forfeited  -          $-   -          $- 
Expired  -          $-   -          $- 
Nonvested, December 31, 2020  -      $-  $-   -  $-  $-  $- 
Granted  65,508  $8.85  $-  $575,711 
Vested  (23,662) $10.65  $-  $(252,571)
Forfeited  -          $- 
Expired  -          $- 
Nonvested, December 31, 2021  41,846  $7.65  $-  $323,140 

For the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the Company recorded $189,568 $169,746 and $390,485 $189,568 as compensation expense related to vested options issued to employees and consultants, net of forfeitures, respectively. The expense for 2021 was comprised of $56,752 for non-qualified stock options and $112,994 for incentive stock options. As of December 31, 2020,2021, there was no$277,422 in unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options.

F-30

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had granted non-qualified options to purchase 10,250,000 shares which were performance-based. At December 31, 2020, non-qualified options to purchase 6,000,000 shares were forfeited due to the failure to satisfy the 2017, 2018 and 2019 revenue-based performance thresholds and 4,250,000 shares were forfeited due to employee terminations. No compensation expense had been recognized with respect to these performance-based awards since the likelihood of performance levels being obtained was determined to be remote.

CEA Industries Inc.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement

Director Options

A summary of the non-qualified stock options granted to directors under the 2017 Equity Plan and 2021 Equity Plan during the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are presented in the table below:

Schedule of Stock Option Activity

 

Number of

Options

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value ($000)

  

Number of

Options

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value ($000)

 
                         
Outstanding, December 31, 2018  900,000  $0.135   8.6  $- 
Granted  -   -         
Exercised  -   -         
Forfeited/Cancelled  -   -         
Expired  -   -         
Outstanding, December 31, 2019  900,000  $0.135   7.6  $-   6,000  $20.25   7.6  $      - 
Granted  6,500,000  $0.057   8.5       43,333  $8.55   8.5     
Exercised  -   -           -   -         
Forfeited/Cancelled  -   -           -   -         
Expired  -   -           -   -         
Outstanding, December 31, 2020  7,400,000  $0.067   7.5  $-   49,333  $10.05   4.5  $- 
Exerciseable, December 31, 2020  6,400,000  $0.073   8.0  $- 
Granted  1,539  $9.75   10.0  $- 
Exercised  -             
Forfeited/Cancelled  -             
Expired  -             
Outstanding, December 31, 2021  50,872  $10.02   6.6  $- 
Exercisable, December 31, 2021  50,872  $10.02   6.6  $- 

A summary of non-vested non-qualified stock options activity for directors under the 2017 Equity Plan and the 2021 Equity Plan for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are presented in the table below:

Summary of Non-vested Non-qualified Stock Option Activity

 Number of Options  Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value  Aggregate Intrinsic Value  Grant-Date Fair Value  

Number of

Options

  

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

  

Grant-Date

Fair Value

 
                         
Nonvested, December 31, 2019  -   -  $-       -   -  $-     
Granted  -   -           43,333  $8.55      $373,000 
Vested  -   -           (36,667) $9.45      $344,000 
Forfeited  -   -           -   -      $- 
Expired  -   -           -   -      $- 
Nonvested, December 31, 2019  -   -  $-     
Nonvested, December 31, 2020  6,666  $4.35  $3,400  $29,000 
Granted  6,500,000   0.057      $373,000   1,539  $9.75  $ $15,000 
Vested  (5,500,000)  0.063      $344,000   (8,205) $5.40  $4,431  $(44,000)
Forfeited  -   -      $-   -             
Expired  -   -      $-   -             
Nonvested, December 31, 2020  1,000,000   0.029  $5,800  $29,000 
Nonvested, December 31, 2021  -      $-  $- 

During the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the Company incurred $62,452 $21,174 and $0,$62,452, respectively, as compensation expense related to 1,500,000 8,205 and 0 10,000 vested options, respectively, issued to directors. As of December 31, 2020, total 2021, there was 0unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options was $6,412.options.

F-31

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Effective January 2, 2020, the Company issued 4,000,000 26,667 fully vested stock options to directors valued at $234,126 $234,126 in respect of a 2019 special equity award that had been accrued for in full in the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2019.

Further on January 2, 2020, the Company issued an additional 500,000 3,333 fully vested, non-qualified stock options under the 2017 Equity Plan valued at $29,266 $29,266 to directors. The options have a term of 5 yearsand have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the day immediately preceding the grant date of $0.07.$10.50.

Effective June 24, 2020, the Company issued 2,000,000 13,333 non-qualified stock options under the 2017 Equity Plan, valued at $39,600,$39,600, to newly appointed directors. The options vested 50%50% upon grant and 50%50% on April 1, 2021, if the Director remains on the Board up to that time. The options have a term of 5 yearsand have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the day immediately preceding the grant date of $0.029.$4.35.

AsEffective August 20, 2021, the Company issued 1,538 non-qualified stock options under the 2021 Equity Plan to its directors. The options vested upon grant. The options have a term of December 31, 2020, awards related10 yearsand an exercise price equal to 21,651,000 shares remain issued and outstanding.the closing price of the Company’s common stock on The OTC Markets on the day immediately preceding the grant date of $9.75.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the RSUs awarded to employees, directors and consultants under the 2017 Equity Plan during the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are presented in the table below:

Schedule of Restricted Stock Units Activity

 

Number of

Units

  

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

  

Number of

Units

  

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 
                   
Outstanding, December 31, 2018  9,867,368  $0.140  $730,185 
Granted  -   -     
Vested and settled with share issuance  (1,120,000) $0.181     
Forfeited/canceled  (1,197,368) $0.179     
Outstanding, December 31, 2019  7,550,000  $0.128  $-   50,333  $19.20  $     - 
Granted  -   -       -   -     
Vested and settled with share issuance  (6,750,000) $0.121       (45,00) $18.15     
Forfeited/canceled  (800,000) $0.184     
Forfeited/cancelled  (5,333) $23.10     
Outstanding, December 31, 2020  -      $-   -      $- 
Granted  -         
Vested and settled with share issuance  -         
Forfeited/cancelled  -         
Outstanding, December 31, 2021  -      $- 

For the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the Company recorded $25,163 $0 and $278,906 $25,163 as compensation expense related to vested RSUs issued to employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2020,2021, there was no unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested RSUs. The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and settled with share issuance was $199,125 $0 and $79,120 $199,125 for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and settled with share issuance was $1,105,750,$1,105,750, including the intrinsic value of $1,035,750 $1,035,750 related to RSUs that had vested in 2018 but had not been settled until 2020 due to a dispute with a former employee over the required withholding taxes to be paid to the Company for remittance to the appropriate tax authorities as further discussed in Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies above.

F-32

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Effective April 30, 2020, 800,000 5,333 RSUs vested. However, the holder elected to cancel the RSUs.

Incentive Stock Bonuses

The Company has entered into certain “at-will” employment agreements with certain employees. Under these agreements, the employees are eligible to receive special incentive stock bonuses, provided the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that the employee’s performance has been average or better for the applicable special bonus period. This special stock incentive bonus is payable only if the employee continues in the employment of the Company.

For accounting purposes, the Company treats these special incentive stock bonuses as vesting over each bonus’s service period based on the fair value of the award at the time of grant. Even though these bonuses are subject to Board approval, the awards are vested over each service period because it is more likely than not that the Board will approve the award based on the “average or better” employee performance standard. Since the awards are denominated in shares of common stock, the fair value of the vested bonus is charged to additional paid-in capital.

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A summary of the incentive stock bonus awards granted to employees under the 2017 Equity Plan during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented in the table below:

 

Number of

Shares

  

Weighted

Average Grant-Date

Fair Value

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 
            
Unvested, December 31, 2018  1,680,000  $0.112  $124,320 
Awarded  -   -     
Vested  (1,680,000) $0.112     
Forfeited  -   -     
Unvested, December 31, 2019  -   -     
Awarded  -   -     
Vested  -   -     
Forfeited  -   -     
Unvested, December 31, 2020  -   -     

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $0 and $44,209 as compensation expense related to vested stock bonus awards issued to employees, net of forfeitures of $0 and $0, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, there was no unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested stock bonus awards. The total intrinsic value of stock bonus awards vested and settled with share issuance was $0 and $58,240 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Note 15 – Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, there were no provisions for U.S. federal, state or international income taxes for the years ended December 31, 20202021 or 20192020 due to the Company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”) in such periods and full valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets.

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the reported provision for income taxes are summarized as follows:

Schedule of U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate and Reported Provision for Income Taxes

 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate $(369,000) $(281,000) $(281,000) $(369,000)
States taxes, net of federal benefits  (69,000)  (53,000)  (53,000)  (69,000)
Permanent differences  (136,000)  17,000   (124,000)  (136,000)
True-up adjustments  115,000   199,000   9,000   115,000 
Adjustment to net operating loss  (17,000)  (86,000)  (13,000)  (17,000)
Change in valuation allowance  476,000   204,000   462,000   476,000 
Reported income tax (benefit) expense $-  $-  $-  $- 

The components of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are as follows:

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets

 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Deferred tax assets:                
Net operating losses $4,821,000  $4,081,000  $5,262,000  $4,821,000 
Equity compensation  118,000   392,000   177,000   118,000 
Other deferred tax assets  169,000   149,000   141,000   169,000 
Total deferred tax assets  5,108,000   4,622,000   5,580,000   5,108,000 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Other deferred tax liabilities  (68,000)  (58,000)  (78,000)  (68,000)
Total deferred tax liabilities  (68,000)  (58,000)  (78,000)  (68,000)
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance  5,040,000   4,564,000   5,502,000   5,040,000 
Less valuation allowance  (5,040,000)  (4,564,000)  (5,502,000)  (5,040,000)
Net deferred tax assets $-  $-  $-  $- 

Surna Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company has U.S. federal and state net operating losses (“NOLs”) of approximately $19,322,000,$21,091,000, of which $11,196,261$11,196,000 will expire, if not utilized, in the years 2034 through 2037 however,. The balance of $9,895,000 NOLs generated subsequent to December 31, 2017 do not expire but may only be used against taxable income to 80%. In response to the novel coronavirus COVID-19, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act temporarily repealed the 80% limitation for NOLs arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020. PursuantA number of states in which we operate have not conformed to this newly enacted federal tax law. In addition, pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, use of the Company’s NOLs carryforwards may be limited in the event of cumulative changes in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year period. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited.

As further discussed in Note 16 Subsequent Events in our consolidated financial statements below, effective February 15, 2022, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $22 million in respect to the sale of 5,811,138 shares of its common stock together with 5,811,138 warrants. The Company issued a further 1,052,227 warrants to its placement agent: 290,557 in respect of their fees and 761,670 on the exercise of the substantial majority of the 15% overallotment available to them. The 290,557 warrants issued in respect of the placement agent’s fees vest after six months, have a term of 5 years and an exercise price of $5.1625. The 761,670 warrants issued in respect of the overallotment vest immediately, have a term of 5 years and an exercise price of $5.00.

These securities sales and our September 2021 securities sales will also have to be taken into account for determination of any “ownership change” that we have undergone during a determination period. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future bottom-line operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

F-33

 

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

The Company must assess the likelihood that its net deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, the Company establishes a valuation allowance. Management’s judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. The Company recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. Based on the available evidence, the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will not be able to utilize its net deferred tax assets in the foreseeable future. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of such valuation allowances. The Company makes estimates and judgments about its future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with the Company’s plans. Should the actual amounts differ from the Company’s estimates, the carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets could be materially impacted.

The Company is subject to examination by the IRS for the calendar year 20162017 and thereafter. These examinations may lead to ordinary course adjustments or proposed adjustments to the Company’s taxes or the Company’s net operating losses with respect to years under examination as well as subsequent periods. The Company has filed Colorado state income tax returns for years 2014 through 2019,2020, Alaska, California and Connecticut state income tax returns for the years 2017 through 2019,2020, Michigan state income tax returns for the years 2018 and 2019through 2020 and Alabama, District of Columbia, Massachusetts, Oklahoma and Texas state income taxes in 2019.for the years 2019 and 2020.

The Company recognizes in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of operating expense. The Company does not believe there are any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within twelve months of the reporting date. There were no penalties or interest liabilities accrued as of December 31, 20202021 or 2019,2020, nor were any penalties or interest costs included in expense for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Note 16 – Subsequent Events

In accordance with ASC 855, Subsequent Events, the Company has evaluated all subsequent events through the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The following events occurred after December 31, 2020.2021.

Directors Remuneration

 

The Board approved annual incentive compensation awards to certain employees payable inOn January 3, 2022, the Company issued 3,125 non-qualified stock options basedunder the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to each of two existing directors. The options had an exercise price of $4.80, vested immediately and had a term ending at the earlier of five years after the date on which the optionee’s continuous service ends, or the tenth anniversary on which the option was granted.

On January 17, 2022, the Company issued an RSU grant of 3,367 shares of common stock 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to each of two new directors, 1,684 shares of common stock vested immediately on grant date and the remaining 1,683 shares of common stock will vest on January 17, 2023, if the recipient remains in service as an independent director. 1,684 shares of common stock were issued to each of the two new directors in settlement of the RSUs that vested immediately.

Revised Compensation Plan

As further discussed in Part III, Item 11 of this Form 10-K, on January 17, 2022, the Board of Directors revised the previously adopted compensation plan. This plan supersedes the plan adopted on August 20, 2021. The Plan is effective retroactively for the current independent directors and for independent directors elected or appointed after the Effective Date. 3,367 restricted stock units in respect of this plan were issued on January 17, 2022. Cash fees were paid on January 21, 2022.

Reverse Stock Split

On January 17, 2022, the Company’s performanceBoard of Directors approved a reverse stock split at a ratio of one-for-one hundred and each employee’s contributions to such performancefifty. Such reverse stock split was implemented effective January 27, 2022. The par value for the 2020 year. A totalCommon Stock was not affected.

As a result of 1,035,800this reverse stock split, the number of the Company’s shares of common stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 was reduced from 240,125,244 to 1,600,835.

All Common Stock, warrants, options and per share amounts set forth herein are presented to give retroactive effect to the Reverse Split for all periods presented.

Change in Authorized Share Capital

In connection with the aforementioned reverse stock split, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the reduction of the authorized capital of the Company to 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

F-34

CEA Industries Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

Formation of New Subsidiary

On January 26, 2022, Surna Cultivation Technologies LLC was formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of CEA Industries Inc.

Uplisting from the OTC market to NASDAQ

Effective February 10, 2022, trading of both shares of the Company’s common stock and certain of the Company’s warrants commenced on NASDAQ.

Equity Raise

On February 10, 2022, the Company signed a firm commitment underwriting agreement for the public offering of shares of common stock and warrants, which closed on February 15, 2022. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $22 million for the sale of 5,811,138 shares of common stock and 6,572,808 warrants, each warrant to purchase one share of common stock for five years, exercisable immediately, at an exercise price of $5.00. The Company also issued to the representative of the underwriters 290,557 warrants, each warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.1625, during the period commencing August 9, 2022, and expiring on February 10, 2027.

Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock

On February 16, 2022, the Company redeemed 1,650 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock for payment of $2.016 million in cash, which included both principal and accrued dividends.

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

On February 16, 2022, the remaining 1,650 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock were converted into 362,306 shares of common stock and 703,069 warrants; 170,382 of the warrants vested immediately, have an indefinite term and an exercise price of $0.01, the balance of 532,688 warrants also vested immediately, have a term of 5 years and have an exercise price of $5.00.

Resignation of Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Brian Knaley resigned his position as Chief Financial Officer the Company to take a position with another company. His final day of employment was February 18, 2022. On March 20, 2022, 13,333 unexercised non-qualified stock options were granted underforfeited.

Hiring of New Chief Financial Officer

On March 11, 2022, Ian K. Patel commenced the 2017 Equity Plan subsequentposition of Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. Pursuant to December 31, 2020, withhis employment agreement, 15,000 non-qualified stock options were awarded at an exercise price of $0.13 per share. These$2.20. The options vest over a period of 3 years.

Options for New Hires

During the period from January 3, 2022 through the date of this report, 6,167 non-qualified stock options were immediately vested at the date of the grant. The estimated compensation expense of $128,434 relatedawarded pursuant to the 2020 incentive awards was accrued as of December 31, 2020.employment agreements for 3 new hires. The accrued compensation expense was classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2020.exercise prices range from $0.032 to $0.046, and the vesting periods range from immediate to 3 years.

 

As further discussed in Note 10 Related Party Agreements and Transactions Updated Capital Structureabove, on January 7, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with RSX Enterprises, Inc. (RSX), a company controlled by Mr. James R. Shipley, a director of the Company. RSX will provide consulting services to the Company focused on product offerings, engineering requirements, key customer marketing outreach, and related matters, as mutually determined by the Company and RSX. The Company will pay a monthly consulting fee of $6,500 for up to 50 hours per month for the various consulting activities undertaken and provide for reimbursement of expenses. The term of the agreement is set for three months. Any intellectual property developed by RSX will belong to the Company, and the contract provides for typical indemnification obligations and confidentiality provisions.

 

As further discussed in Note 9 Note Payable and Accrued Interest above, on February 10, 2021, we received funding based on a loan agreement entered into on February 9, 2021 with our current bank in the principal amount of $514,200 for working capital purposes. Consistent with the loan provisions, the Company will use the proceeds to meet payroll and benefit expenses as well as for rent and utilities. The loan amount bears interest at 1% and is due on February 5, 2026. The loan may be repaid in advance without penalty. The loan has typical default provisions, including for change of ownership, general lender insecurity as to repayment, non-payment of amounts due, defaults on other debt instruments, insolvency, dissolution or termination of the business as a going concern and bankruptcy.

As further discussed in Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies above, a former employee is pursuing litigation against the Company for recovery of alleged consulting fees owed to him for the 2015 calendar year prior to his appointment as an executive officer of the Company. The Company strongly disputes the ongoing litigation and in the remote event of an adverse outcome, the amount of any settlement loss for this case is not reasonably estimable as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements.

statements, there are 7,784,444 shares of common stock, 0 shares of preferred stock, 7,794,154 warrants, 3,367 unvested restricted stock units, and 223,129 stock options issued and outstanding 

 

SIGNATURES

F-35

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SURNACEA INDUSTRIES INC.
(the “Registrant”)
Dated: March 23, 202129, 2022By:/s/ Anthony K. McDonald
Anthony K. McDonald
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
Dated: March 23, 202129, 2022By:/s/ AnthonyIan K. McDonaldPatel
AnthonyIan K. McDonaldPatel
  Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Dated: March 23, 202129, 2022By:/s/ Anthony K. McDonald
Anthony K. McDonald, Chairman of the Board
Dated: March 29, 2022By:/s/ James R. Shipley
James R. Shipley, Director
Dated: March 29, 2022By:/s/ Nicholas J. Etten
Nicholas J. Etten, Director
   
Dated: March 23, 202129, 2022By:/s/ James R. ShipleyTroy Reisner
  James R. Shipley,Troy Reisner, Director
   
Dated: March 23, 202129, 2022By:/s/ Nicholas J. EttenMarion Mariathasan
  Nicholas J. Etten,Marion Mariathasan, Director

5869
 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit
NumberDescription of Exhibit
3.1(a)1.1Form of Underwriting Agreement, dated as of 2022 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement on form S-1 as filed on February 4, 2022).
3.1(a)Articles of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed on January 28, 2010).
3.1(b)Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(b) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 2, 2018).
3.1(c)Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights, and Limitations of Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on May 12, 2014).
3.1(d)Certificate of Designations of Preferences, Rights, and Limitations of Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on September 30, 2021).
3.1(e)Amendment to Articles of Incorporation to increase capitalization and redeem Class A Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 4, 2021).
3.1(f)Amendment to Articles of Incorporation to change corporate name (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 12, 2021).
   
3.2

3.1(g)

 Amendment to Articles of Incorporation to affect a reverse split and fix the new capitalization of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1to the Current Report filed on February 1, 2022).
3.2Bylaws, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 2, 2018).
4.1Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on January 28, 2010).
4.2Form of the Underwriter Representative Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on February 4, 2022).
4.3Form of Common StockInvestor Warrant issued with Convertible NotesAgreement, dated as of September 28, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.210.3 to the AnnualCurrent Report on Form 10-K8-K filed April 2, 2018)November 4, 2021).
4.34.4Form of Note ConversionPlacement Agent Warrant Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2021, by and Warrant Amendment Agreementbetween Registrant and ThinkEquity and designees (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1510.6 to the AnnualCurrent Report on Form 10-K8-K filed March 31, 2017)November 4, 2021).
4.4Form of Common Stock Warrant issued in Q1 2017 Unit Offering (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 2, 2018).
   
4.5 Form of CommonWarrant Agency Agreement for the Public Warrants between the Company and Continental Stock Warrant issued in Q4 2017 Unit OfferingTransfer and Trust Company, dated February 10, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.54.6 to the Annual ReportRegistration Statement on Form 10-KS-1 filed April 2, 2018)January 31, 2022).
   
4.6 Form of Common StockPublic Warrant, issued in Q2 2018 Unit OfferingFebruary 10, 2022, with Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.24.6 to the Current ReportRegistration Statement on Form 8-KS-1 filed June 12, 2018)January 31, 2022).
4.7*Description of Capital Stock.
   
10.1+4.7 Form of Pre-Funded Warrant issued February 10, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed January 31, 2022).
4.8*Description of Capital Stock.
10.1+Executive Employment Agreement between the CompanyRegistrant and Anthony K. McDonald dated effective November 28, 201824, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 28, 2018)26, 2021).
10.2+Board of DirectorsExecutive Employment Agreement between Surna Inc.the Registrant and Timothy J. KeatingIan K. Patel, dated March 7, 201711, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1810.1 to the AnnualCurrent Report on Form 10-K8-K filed March 31, 2017)15, 2022).
10.3+CEA Industries Inc, formerly Surna Inc., 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on August 3, 2017).

70
 

10.4 
10.4Stock Repurchase Agreement by and among the Company, Brandy M. Keen and Stephen B. Keen dated May 29, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 31, 2018).
 
10.5 Preferred Stock Option Agreement by and among the Company, Brandy M. Keen and Stephen B. Keen dated May 29, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 31, 2018).
 
14.110.6 CEA Industries Inc,, formerly Surna Inc., 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the Proxy Statement of the Registrant, for the annual meeting to be held May 28, 2021 filed on April 7, 2021).
10.7Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2021, by and between Registrant and the institutional investor (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 4, 2021).
10.8Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2021, by and between Registrant and the institutional investor (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 4, 2021).
10.9Form of Placement Agent Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2021, by and between Registrant and ThinkEquity (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 4, 2021).
14.1Code of Business Code and Ethics adopted February 13, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 14, 2018).
 
21.1* Subsidiaries
 
23.1* Consent of ACM LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to Registration Statement on Form S-8.

23.2*Consent of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, L.L.C., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to Registration Statement on Form S-8.
 
31.1 * Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
31.2 * Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.1** Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.2** Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
101.INS* Inline XBRL Instance Document
 
101.SCH* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
101.CAL* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
101.DEF* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
101.LAB* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
101.PRE* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

+Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
*Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.

6071